IPS-C-IN-190(1)
FOREWORD
The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect the
views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum and
are intended for use in the oil and gas production
facilities, oil refineries, chemical and
petrochemical plants, gas handling and processing
installations and other such facilities.
IPS is based on internationally acceptable
standards and includes selections from the items
stipulated in the referenced standards. They are
also supplemented by additional requirements
and/or modifications based on the experience
acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and
the local market availability. The options which
are not specified in the text of the standards are
itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can
select his appropriate preferences therein.
The IPS standards are therefore expected to be
sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt
these standards to their requirements. However,
they may not cover every requirement of each
project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS
Standard shall be prepared by the user which
elaborates the particular requirements of the user.
This addendum together with the relevant IPS
shall form the job specification for the specific
project or work.
The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately
every five years. Each standards are subject to
amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the
latest edition of IPS shall be applicable
The users of IPS are therefore requested to send
their views and comments, including any
addendum prepared for particular cases to the
following address. These comments and
recommendations will be reviewed by the relevant
technical committee and in case of approval will
be incorporated in the next revision of the
standard.
Standards and Research department
No.19, Street14, North kheradmand
Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran .
Postal Code- 1585886851
Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055
Fax: 88810462
Email: Standards@nioc.org
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬
‫( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
،‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﺋﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر‬.‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي‬،‫و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬
.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص‬.‫ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ‬.‫آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر‬،‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬
19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬
‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬
66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬
Standards@nioc.org :‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
GENERAL DEFINITIONS:
Throughout this Standard the following
definitions shall apply.
COMPANY:
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated
companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
such as National Iranian Oil Company, National
Iranian Gas Company, National Petrochemical
Company and National Iranian Oil Refinery And
Distribution Company.
PURCHASER:
Means the "Company" where this standard is a
part of direct purchaser order by the "Company",
and the "Contractor" where this Standard is a part
of contract document.
VENDOR AND SUPPLIER:
Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or
fabricate the equipment or material.
CONTRACTOR:
Refers to the persons, firm or company whose
tender has been accepted by the company.
EXECUTOR:
Executor is the party which carries out all or part
of construction and/or commissioning for the
project.
INSPECTOR:
The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a
person/persons or a body appointed in writing by
the company for the inspection of fabrication and
installation work
SHALL:
Is used where a provision is mandatory.
SHOULD:
Is used where a provision is advisory only.
WILL:
Is normally used in connection with the action by
the “Company” rather than by a contractor,
supplier or vendor.
May:
Is used where a provision is completely
discretionary.
:‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
.‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
:‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺜﻞ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬،‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺶ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺮآوردهﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻧﻔﺘﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ "ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي‬
.‫اﺟﺮاﺋﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫ﮔﺮوه ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪاي اﺗﻼق‬/‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد‬
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ‬،‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
: ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
. ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
 IPS-C-IN-190(1)

INSTALLATION AND CONSTRUCTION

STANDARD
FOR
TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS

FIRST REVISION
MARCH 2010

‫اﺳﺘـﺎﻧﺪارد ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺳـﺎﺧﺖ‬

‫ﺑـﺮاي‬

‫روشﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻘـﺎل‬

‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬
1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬

This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of
Petroleum. All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither
whole nor any part of this document may be disclosed to any
third party, reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or
transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior
written consent of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘـﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠـﻖ ﺑـﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬،‫از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1)

CONTENTS: Page :‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

No.

1. SCOPE ..........................................................................3
3 ................................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
2. REFERENCES ..........................................................3
3 ............................................................................ ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
3. UNITS ...........................................................................5
5 ........................................................................... ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-3
4. GENERAL...................................................................5
5 ........................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-4
5. INSTALLATION OF TRANSMISSION AND
CONTROL TUBING ............................................... 6
6 ....................... ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي )ﻧﺎﻳﻪ( اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬-5
6. ELECTRIC AND OPTICAL CABLES ............. 8
8 ............................................. ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ و ﻧﻮري‬-6
6.1 General ...................................................................8
8 ..................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-6
6.2 Cable Specifications ........................................... 10
10 .............................................. ‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬2-6
6.3 Optical Fiber Cables .......................................... 12
12 ................................................ ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻧﻮري‬3-6
6.4 Fields Bus ..............................................................15
15 .................................................................. ‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬4-6
6.5 Sharing of Multicore Cables ........................... 15
15 .......... ‫ اﺷﺘﺮاك ﮔﺬاري در ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪرﺷﺘﻪ اي‬5-6
6.6 Segregation in Trenches ................................... 18
18 ......................................... ‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬6-6
6.7 Segregation in Trunks or Cable Trays ........ 18
18 ............ ‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬7-6
6.8 Segregation in Terminal Boxes....................... 18
18 .........................‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي در ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬8-6
6.9 Construction of Terminal Boxes .................... 19
19 .................................... ‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬9-6
6.10 Accommodation of Individual
Signal Lines..........................................................21
21 .........................‫ ﺟﺎدادن ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ‬10-6
6.11 Screening of Signal Cables ............................ 22
22 ................. ‫ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬11-6
6.12 Use of Quad Cables .......................................... 23
23 ....................................‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻬﺎرﺳﻴﻤﻪ‬12-6
6.13 Numbering and Identification ...................... 24
24 ................................... ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري و ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ‬13-6
6.14 Pulling Through Conduits ............................. 25
25 ....................... ‫ ﻗﺮار دادن )ﻛﺎﺑﻞ( داﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬14-6

1
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1)

6.15 Installation of Insulated Wires

and Cables ............................................................26
26 .................... ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ دار‬15-6
6.16 Separation of Cables ........................................ 26
26 ................................................. ‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ‬16-6
6.17 Installation of Junction Boxes ...................... 26
26 ......................................... ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل‬17-6
6.18 Terminations ...................................................... 27
27 ............................................................... ‫ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي‬18 -6
6.19 Installing Cable Trays..................................... 31
31 .........................................‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬19 -6
6.20 Wire Testing ....................................................... 34
34 ................................................... ‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ‬20-6
7. TRENCHES, TRUNKS AND CONDUITS ...... 34
34 ........... ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ و ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﻳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬-7
7.1 Routing ...................................................................34
34 ........................................................................‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬1-7
7.2 Trenches .................................................................34
34 ................................................................ ‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬2-7
7.3 Trunking and Conduits .................................... 35
35 ............................... ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺸﻲ و ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻛﺸﻲ‬3-7
7.4 Construction Details .......................................... 37
37 ....................................................... ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬4-7
8. FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTS ................... 38
38 ..........................................‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬-8

2
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
1. SCOPE
This Standard explains the general rules and basic
instructions for the installation of pneumatic lines,
electrical signal wires and cables. It is intended to
be used in oil, gas and petrochemical industries.
Note 1:
This bilingual standard is a revised version of the
standard specification by the relevant technical
committee on March 2010, which is issued as
revision (1). Revision (0) of the said standard
specification is withdrawn.
Note 2:
In case of conflict between Farsi and English
languages, English language shall govern.
2. REFERENCES
Throughout this Standard the following dated and
undated standards/codes are referred to. These
referenced documents shall, to the extent specified
herein, form a part of this standard. For dated
references, the edition cited applies. The
applicability of changes in dated references that
occur after the cited date shall be mutually agreed
upon by the Company and the Vendor. For
undated references, the latest edition of the
referenced documents (including any supplements
and amendments) applies.
API(AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE)
RP 552 (1994) "Transmission System"
RP 554 (1995) "Process Instrumentation and
Control"
ANSI/NFPA (AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARD INSTITUTE/NATIONAL FIRE
PROTECTION ASSOCIATION)
70 (1996) "National Electrical Code"
(NEC), Article 500
BSI (BRITISH STANDARDS INSTITUTE)
BS 50178 "Electronic Equipment for use
in Power Installation"
3
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺎوي ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ و دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬،‫اﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﺎدي‬
‫ ﮔﺎز و‬،‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ اﺳﺖ و ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻓﻮق‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬1388 ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در اﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫ از‬.‫( اراﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬1) ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
.‫( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0) ‫اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
:2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ ﻣﺘﻦ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
.‫اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬.‫و ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬
،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬.‫از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻼك ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬،‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ در آﻧﻬﺎ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬.‫و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت و‬
.‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎي آن ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬API
"‫ "ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬RP 552(1994)
"‫ "ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬RP 554(1995)
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻲ‬ ‫)ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ‬ ANSI/NFPA
(‫ اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ آﺗﺶ‬/‫آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ‬،(NEC) ‫"ﻛﺪ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺑﺮق‬ 70 (1996)
"500
(‫ ) ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬BSI
‫"ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬ BS 50178
"‫در ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺑﺮق‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1)

IEC(INTERNATIONAL (‫ )ﻛﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮن ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﺗﻜﻨﻴﻚ‬IEC

ELECTROTECHNICAL COMMISSION)

IEC 61158-2 "Digital Data Communication ‫"ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت داده دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬ IEC 61158-2
for Measurement and Control
‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬
Fieldbus for use in Industrial
Control Systems " ‫ﺟﻬﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي‬
" ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬
Part 2- "Physical Layer Specification ‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻻﻳﻪ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬ -2 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
and Service Definition" "‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎت‬
IEC 60793 "Optical Fiber" Measurement ‫ "ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري" روش ﻫﺎي‬IEC 60793
Methods and Test ‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي و دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎي‬
Procedures" "‫آزﻣﻮن‬
IEC 60794-1-2 "Optical Fibercables "‫ "ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬IEC 60794-1-2
-(‫ "ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ )ژﻧﺮﻳﻚ‬2-1 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
Part 1-2: "Generic Specification-Basic
Optical Cable Test ‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ آزﻣﻮن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬
Procedure" "‫اﺻﻠﻲ‬

IEC 69794-2 "Optical Fiber Cables". "‫ "ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬IEC 60794-2
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ داﺧﻞ‬ -2 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
Part 2- "Indoor Cable Sectional
Specification" "‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬

IEEE (INSTITUTION of ELECTRICAL and (‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﺑﺮق و اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻚ‬IEEE

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS)

IEEE 1242 "Guide for Specifying and
Selecting Power, Control, and
Special- Purpose Cable for
Petroleum and Chemical
Plants"
‫ "راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ و اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬IEEE 1242
،‫ و ﻫﺪف ﺧﺎص‬،‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬،‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺪرت‬
"‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ و ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬

TIA (TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY ( ‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت‬TIA

ASSOCIATION)

ITU(INTERNATIONAL (‫ ) اﺗﺤﺎدﻳﻪ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ‬ITU

TELECOMMUNICATION UNION)

EIA (ELECTRONIC INDUSTRIES (‫ ) اﺗﺤﺎدﻳﻪ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻚ‬EIA

ALLIANCE)

TIA-5150000 " Generic Specification for ‫ "ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ژﻧﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ‬TIA-5150000

Optical Fiber and Cable "‫ﻧﻮري و ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
Splices"

TIA-515B000 "Sectional Specification for ‫ "ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ )ژﻧﺮﻳﻚ( ﺑﺮاي‬TA-515B000

Splice Closures for ، ‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪزﻧﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎ‬
Pressurized Arial, Buried and ‫دﻓﻦ ﺷﺪه و زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬
Underground Fiber Optic
Cables" " ‫ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬

4
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1)

EIA/TIA-609 "Sectional Specification ‫ "ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺮاي‬EIA/TIA-609

for Conventional, ‫ ﻣﺘﻌﺎرف و‬،‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬
Permanent, Optical Fiber "‫داﺋﻤﻲ‬
Splices"

ITU-T L.35 "Installation of Optical ‫ " ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري در ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬ITU-T-L.35
Fiber Cables in the "‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس‬
Access Network"

ITU-T L.56 "Installation of Optical ‫ " ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري در ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬ITU-T-L.56
Fiber Cables along "‫ﺧﻄﻮط آﻫﻦ‬
Railways"

IPS (IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS) (‫ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS

IPS-E-GN-100(0) "Engineering Standard for ‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬ IPS-E-GN-100(0)

Units" "‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2) "Engineering Standard ‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬ IPS-E-IN-190(2)
for Transmission "‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬
Systems"

IPS-M-IN-190(2) "Material and Equipment ‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎﻻ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬ IPS-M-IN-190(2)

Standard for "‫ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬
Transmission Systems"

IPS-I-IN-100(1) "Inspection Standard for ‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑـــﺮاي‬ IPS-I-IN-100(1)

General Instrument ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ‬
System" "‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬

3. UNITS
This Standard is based on International System of
Units (SI), as per IPS-E-GN-100 except where
otherwise is specified.
4. GENERAL
4.1 This Standard covers the requirements for
signal lines of process instrumentation.
4.2 In the context of this standard, signal lines
convey:
1) Pneumatic signals from pneumatic
transmitters to their receiving instruments and
from pneumatic controllers to the relevant final
control element;
2) Electric signals, analogue or digital
(including RTDs and e.m.f.s from
thermocouples) from transmitters to their
receiving instruments and from controllers,
safeguarding systems etc. to solenoid valves,
motor starters and other final control elements.
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-3
،(SI) ‫ ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﻧﻈﺎم ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ‬،‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-GN-100 ‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-4
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬1-4
.‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ در ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻈﻮر از ﺧﻄﻮط‬2-4
:‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫( ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﺑﺎدي از ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎدي ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰار‬1
‫ و از ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﺎدي ﺑﻪ اﻟﻤﺎن‬،‫دﻗﻴﻖ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه‬
.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫( ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ ﻳﺎ دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬2
‫ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻠﻬﺎ( از ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ‬e.m.f. ‫ﻫﺎ و‬RTD
‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ و‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه و از ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
‫ راه اﻧﺪاز ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﺎن‬،‫ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
.‫ﻫﺎي ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬

5
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
4.3 As detailed further in the following
paragraphs, most of the signal lines may be laid
together in common trenches or trunking for
instrument signal lines, with a general exception
for cables carrying signals which could cause
interference on other signal lines.
4.4 Each plant-mounted instrument shall have
individual signal lines, which shall be connected
to a multicore cable as seen feasible. All multicore
cables shall be installed in uninterrupted lengths
unless the distance to be covered is more than the
length on one reel. Terminal boxes for connecting
individual signal lines to multicore cables shall be
easily accessible.
4.5 At the time of plant commissioning,
approximately 20% of the signal lines in the
installed multicore cables shall still be available as
spares for modifications, unless otherwise
specified.
4.6 Above ground, multicore cables and most of
the individual lines shall be laid on trays or in
trunking.
4.7 To reduce risks of damage to the signal lines,
they shall be laid in underground trenches
wherever possible, and penetrating into the
process units as far as possible.
5. INSTALLATION OF TRANSMISSION
AND CONTROL TUBING
5.1 The installation drawings will indicate the
extent and arrangement of the major transmission
and control tubing runs between the control panels
and the field junction points.
5.2 Transmission and control tubing between the
control panels and field junction points will
generally be of the "bundled" type, run in trenches
or trays (trenches are preferable).
5.3 Tubing in the tray shall be arranged in an
orderly manner and firmly secured to the tray by
means of commercially available clips or field
fabricated clamps.
6
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ ﻣﻔﺼﻼً در ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺷﺮح داده‬3-4
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ‬،‫ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﻪ‬،‫در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺣﺎﻣﻞ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ اﺧﺘﻼل‬
.‫روي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫ ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬4-4
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ آﻧﺠﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪاي وﺻﻞ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎي ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬،‫ﺗﻜﻪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﻄﻮط‬.‫ﻃﻮل ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ‬
.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺧﻄﻮط‬20 ‫ ﺣﺪود‬،‫ در زﻣﺎن راه اﻧﺪازي واﺣﺪ‬5-4
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل در ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ذﺧﻴﺮه‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي روي زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و اﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﻄﻮط‬6-4
‫ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ در ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺮار‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺧﻄﺮات ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺗﺎ‬7-4
‫آﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻗﺮار داد‬
.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻛﺸﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي )ﻧﺎﻳﻪ( اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬-5
‫ ﻧﻈﻢ و ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ و اﻧﺪازه و ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬،‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ‬1-5
‫اﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﻧﻘﺎط اﺗﺼﺎل‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻠﻲ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و‬2-5
‫ﻧﻘﺎط اﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً از ﻧﻮع ﮔﺮوه ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
.(‫)ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ ارﺟﺤﻴﺖ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻴﻮب داﺧﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﭼﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه‬3-5
‫و ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﺑﺎزار ﻳﺎ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
Care shall be taken, when clamping in place, that
tightening of the clamp does not result in damage
to the tubing.
5.4 Where tubing requires bending, care shall be
taken to assure that a reasonable bending radius is
maintained and tubing is not flattened nor
pinched.
5.5 Cutting of tubes shall be done with a suitable
tube cutter. Ends shall be cut 90° to the wall of the
tubes and shall be reamed to the original inside
diameter of the tube. All "chips" or shavings shall
be removed.
5.6 Where bundled tubing is terminated at control
panels or field junction points, the bundle end
shall be securely clamped to existing members
such that no strain is imposed on the tubing
fittings.
5.7 Tubing fittings for transmission and control
tubing shall be as specified on the contract
documents. Where required, Teflon tapes shall be
used for sealing.
5.8 Prior to tightening the tubing collar to the
fitting, care shall be taken to assure that the tubing
end is square, inserted fully through the ferrule
into the tube fitting and is properly aligned with
the fitting. Tightening of the collar shall be done
with the proper sized wrench.
5.9 Tubing continuations from the field junction
points to the field instrument will usually be single
tube type. Interconnection with bundled tubing
shall be through tubing bulkhead or junction box.
5.10 Where possible single tubes shall be grouped
and run together in small carrier channels. Coiled
tubing shall be fully straightened before
installation.
5.11 Routing of single tubes or groups of single
tubes shall be determined in the field. Care shall
be taken in planning the installation that tubes are
grouped in an orderly manner and their carrier
channels are routed to the instruments as directly
as possible.
5.12 Tubing bends shall be made with an
approved tubing bender and terminations shall be
7
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺖ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﮔﺬارده ﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮدن دارد‬4-5
‫دﻗﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻌﺎع ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ و ﻣﻌﻘﻮل ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺖ و ﺗﻴﻮب ﭘﻬﻦ ﻧﺸﺪه و ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮو رﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮش ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮش دﻫﻨﺪه ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﻧﺠﺎم‬5-5
‫ درﺟﻪ‬90 ‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺑﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زاوﻳﻪ‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮاره ﺗﻴﻮب داﺷﺘﻪ و ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ »ﺑﺮاده« ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫اﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮوه ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي‬6-5
‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﻴﻮب‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺎط اﺗﺼﺎل در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﺴﺖ زده ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ﻓﺸﺎري ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﻴﻮب وارد ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﻧﻮع اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻴﻮب اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬7-5
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز‬.‫ﻣﺪارك ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در ﻗﺮارداد ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ از ﻧﻮار ﺗﻔﻠﻮن ﺑﺮاي آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬8-5
ً ‫ ﻛﺎﻣ‬،‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮش اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺻﺎف اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻼ‬
ً‫از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ رﻓﺘﻪ و دﻗﻴﻘﺎ‬
‫ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﮔﻠﻮﺋﻲ‬.‫در ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آﭼﺎر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ اداﻣﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب از ﻧﻘﺎط اﺗﺼﺎل در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ‬9-5
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً از ﻧﻮع ﺗﻚ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﮔﺮوه ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ ﺷﺪه و‬،‫ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن‬10-5
‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﻗﺒﻞ‬.‫در ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﻛﻮﭼﻚ اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫از ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ درآﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوه ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬11-5
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ داﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن‬.‫در در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫دﻫﻲ و ﻧﺼﺐ اﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﮔﺮوه ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه‬
.‫و ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺣﺎﻣﻞ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻢﻛﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬12-5
‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد و ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺑﺤﺚ ﻓﻮق‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
made as discussed under bundled tubing
installations above.
5.13 Carrier channels shall be rigidly mounted to
permanent structural members and shall not be
bracketed to equipment which may be removed
for maintenance purposes.
5.14 Tubing shall be securely clamped to the
carrier assuring that the tube is not pinched or
damaged when clamped in place.
5.15 Where cutting of the carrier channel is
required, raw edges shall be painted or coated with
a material equal to the original finish.
5.16 The service of the tubes shall be so arranged,
that in the process area, the length of individual
tubing is as short as possible.
5.17 In the trunking, when it is desired to be used
instead of trays, the individual tubes shall be
connected to the bundled tubes by means of
straight couplings. These individual tubes shall
continue in the trunking as far as possible, pass
through trunk wall, and reach the instrument by
being clamped to the instrument air supply piping,
(refer Figs. 2, 3 & 4). For this purpose, the
instrument air supply piping system shall be
installed underneath the trunking.
5.18 Where tubing has to be connected to
equipment without air supply, (e.g. control valves
not having a booster or positioner) the tubing shall
be clamped around 15 mm (half-inch) dummy
piping firmly attached to process piping, or stand
pipe.
5.19 Pneumatic tubing shall never be clamped to
process piping.
6. ELECTRIC AND OPTICAL CABLES
The following general requirements shall be
considered for all cable where applicable.
6.1 General
6.1.1 Extreme care is to be used in the handling of
electronic instruments to assure that dirt and oils
from the hands do not come in contact with the
terminals and other components.
8
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم‬،‫درﺑﺎره ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮوهﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ذﻛﺮ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي داﺋﻤﻲ‬13-5
‫ﺳﺎزه ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺷﺪه و‬14-5
‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ در ﺗﻴﻮب ﻓﺮورﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺎﻳﻌﻪ اي‬
.‫در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﺒﻪ‬،‫ در ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮش ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺣﺎﻣﻞ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬15-5
‫ﻫﺎي آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻧﮓ ﺷﺪه و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ اي از ﻣﺎده ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﺎده اﺻﻠﻲ آن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ داده ﺷﻮد‬16-5
‫ ﻃﻮل ﺗﻴﻮب ﺗﻜﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬،‫ﻛﻪ در واﺣﺪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ از ﻛﺎﻧﺎل اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬17-5
‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮوه ﺑﻨﺪي‬،‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي‬.‫ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ راﺑﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮد ﺗﺎ آﻧﺠﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ از وﺳﻂ دﻳﻮار ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ و ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ‬،‫اﺳﺖ اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻫﻮاي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4 ‫ و‬3 ،2 ‫ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻫﻮاي اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زﻳﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻧﺼﺐ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ درﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺪون ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻫﻮا‬18-5
‫ )ﻣﺜﻞ – ﺷﻴﺮﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ‬،‫وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
15 ‫ ﻧﺪارد( ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬positioner
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎده ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎدي ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬19-5
.‫وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ و ﻧﻮري‬-6
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-6
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ زﻳﺎدي در ﺣﻤﻞ ادوات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ‬1-1-6
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﻔﻲ و آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ دﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
.‫ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
6.1.2 Cables on reels and wire in coils shall be
protected from damage by construction activities.
6.1.3 Conductors shall be carefully handled during
installation to avoid damage of any kind. They
shall be unreeled or uncoiled slowly in order to
prevent damage to the insulation or sheath due to
sudden bending. Repeated bending and sharp
kinks shall be avoided in unreeling, uncoiling, and
pulling.
6.1.4 Every possible precaution shall be taken to
ensure that the signals are not subject to
electromagnetic interference (emi). (Refer to Table
No.1.This is of special importance when digital
indicators, data loggers and/or computers are
applied.
6.1.5 The above point requirements are based on
the use of cables with signal wires twisted in pairs,
triples, or quadruples (quads) with full screening.
6.1.6 Special signal cables such as coaxial cables
for pH electrodes shall be installed in accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions.
6.1.7 All electric signal lines shall be installed and
terminated as indicated on the drawings.
6.1.8 In all outdoor application, spaces between
cables and cable sleeves in the plant shall be
sealed with proper sealing compound.
6.1.9 At low temperature, most plastics are so
brittle that they may crack when bending the cable,
and therefore, no cables shall be installed during
freezing weather.
6.1.10 Mineral insulated copper covered, PVC
sheathed wires shall be used wherever practical.
Whenever mineral insulated cables are used,
sufficient spare lengths of cable shall be provided
at the gland termination points to allow rejoining
when required.
6.1.11 All thermocouple wires in conduits and
multicore cables run to control rooms shall
9
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ روي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻫﺎ و ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬2-1-6
.‫ﺻﺪﻣﻪ دﻳﺪن در اﺛﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻫﺎدي ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ ﻧﻤﻮد ﺗﺎ از ﻫﺮ‬3-1-6
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ آراﻣﻲ از روي‬.‫ﻧﻮع ﺿﺎﻳﻌﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮه و ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎز ﻧﻤﻮد ﺗﺎ در اﺛﺮ ﺧﻢ ﻧﻤﻮدن‬
‫ از ﺧﻢ‬.‫ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ اي ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ وارد ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻜﺮر و ﮔﺮه ﺧﻮردن در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن از ﻗﺮﻗﺮه و‬
.‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ و از ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎي ﻻزم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ‬4-1-6
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬1 ‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول ﺷﻤﺎره‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ اﻫﻤﻴﺖ زﻳﺎدي در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻧﺸﺎن‬.(‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه اﻃﻼﻋﺎت و ﻳﺎ راﻳﺎﻧﻪ دارد‬،‫دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎي دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺳﺖ‬5-1-6
‫ ﺳﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻬﺎرﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﻏﻼف‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه دوﺗﺎﺋﻲ‬
.‫دار ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬6-1-6
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮرات‬pH ‫ﻛﻮاﻛﺴﻴﺎل ﺑﺮاي اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬7-1-6
.‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ در ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮون از ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬8-1-6
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ و ﻏﻼف در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎده ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻛﺜﺮ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚﻫﺎ در دﻣﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬9-1-6
‫ و‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺮك ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﺪارﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ در ﻫﻮاي ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪان ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺴﻲ در ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي‬،‫ از ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬10-1-6
‫ﺑﺎ ﻏﻼف ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ در ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻃﻮل اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻘﺎط اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮔِﻠَﻨﺪ ﻫﺎ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه‬
‫در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺠﺪد‬
.‫ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﺑﮕﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ داﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﻳﺖ ﻫﺎ و‬11-1-6
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻲ روﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
terminate in appropriate junction boxes with leads
carried in wire ways to the panel.
6.1.12 Water tight junction boxes shall be used
for outdoor applications. Gasketed sheet metal
junction boxes shall be used inside control rooms.
6.1.13 Where conduits are sealed at both ends
appropriate vent shall be provided between the
seals.
6.1.14 The intrinsically safe instruments with
integral barrier circuits shall be considered for
field instruments. The housing conduit and
fittings for such instruments are not required to
meet the flame proof or explosion proof
specifications.
6.1.15 The cable ends should be properly sealed
before pulling-in, to prevent moisture and other
damaging substances from entering.
6.2 Cable Specifications
6.2.1 Armored cable shall be specified for (refer
Table No. 2):
1) All non-intrinsically safe circuits in
Division I areas.
2) Cables to be connected to flame-proof
instrument housing in Division I or II areas.
3) Cables with lead-sheathing.
4) Cables above ground when liable to
mechanical damage.
5) Cables buried in roads, tank farms, etc., if
there is danger of mechanical damage due to
excavation work.
6.2.2 Unarmored cable shall be specified for all
applications where armored cable is not required.
6.2.3 Lead sheathing shall be specified for
underground cables, where considerable soil
10
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه و از آﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮون از ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬12-1-6
‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺿﺪ آب اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل داﺧﻞ اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮدﮔﻴﺮ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ در ﻫﺮ دو ﻃﺮف ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬13-1-6
‫ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺎط آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﺮاي‬،‫آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬14-1-6
‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات از‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺿﺪ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ و ﺿﺪ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر ﺑﺮﺧﻮردار ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬15-1-6
‫ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ از ورود رﻃﻮﺑﺖ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬،‫ﻛﺸﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻮاد ﺻﺪﻣﻪ زﻧﻨﺪه ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬2-6
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي زره دار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬1-2-6
:(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬2 ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول ﺷﻤﺎره‬
‫( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي‬1
I ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫( ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺿﺪ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ‬2
.‫ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬II ‫ ﻳﺎ‬I ‫در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎي‬
‫( ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﺮﺑﻲ‬3
‫( ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي روي زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬4
.‫دارﻧﺪ‬
،‫ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺨﺎزن‬،‫(ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﺪﻓﻮن در ﺟﺎده ﻫﺎ‬5
‫وﻏﻴﺮه ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺧﻄﺮ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ‬
.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﻔﺎري وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ‬،‫ ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ زره دار ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬2-2-6
،‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺪون زره ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬3-2-6
‫ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
contamination by liquids aggressive to the cable
insulants is anticipated.
6.2.4 All low voltage signal cables shall have
tape-screening with drain wire.
6.2.5 The signal wires shall be twisted, with a
minimum of 20 twists per meter.
6.2.6 For cables used with resistance thermometer
elements, the cable-resistance shall be compatible
with instructions from the manufacturer of the
resistance-elements and/or the instrument.
6.2.7 The maximum permissible current rating
and allowable voltage drop shall be observed for
cables.
Note:
Cables having conductors of 0.8 mm diameter
(cross section area approx. 0.5 mm2) have a
maximum current rating of 1 ampere per core. The
fuse rating for these cables shall not exceed 4
amperes.
6.2.8 In an intrinsically safe circuit, the total
capacitance of the cables and either:
1) The total inductance of the cables, or
2) The L/R* ratio of any of the cables shall not
exceed the value stated on the certificate of
intrinsic safety, or in the case of no value
being stated as in following paragraph.
6.2.9 The following values in table 1 are typical
for 28 volt barriers, but may only be used in
preliminary work, or as in foregoing paragraph.
11
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﺮﺑﻲ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﺣﺴﺎس ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﻟﺘﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي‬4-2-6
.‫ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺎب در ﻣﺘﺮ‬20 ‫ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬5-2-6
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻟﻤﺎنﻫﺎي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ‬6-2-6
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﻟﻤﺎن ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜـﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن و اﻓﺖ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑـــﺮاي‬7-2-6
.‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
0/5 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‬./8 ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ آﻣﭙﺮ در ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ‬1 ‫ داراي ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬،(‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
.‫ آﻣﭙﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬4 ‫ ﻓﻴﻮز اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬.‫را دارﻧﺪ‬
:‫ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺎزن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و ﻳﺎ‬،‫ در ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬8-2-6
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫( اﻧﺪوﻛﺘﺎﻧﺲ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ‬1
‫ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻘﺪار‬L/R* ‫( ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬2
‫ﻣﻨﺪرج در ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﻳﺎ در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﺒﻮدن‬
.‫ از ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ زﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬،1 ‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ زﻳﺮ در ﺟﺪول‬9-2-6
‫ وﻟﻲ‬،‫ وﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬28 ‫ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان از اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ در ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
.‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺬﻛﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1)

TABLE 1- TYPICAL VALUES FOR 24 VOLTS BARRIERS

‫ وﻟﺘﻲ‬24 ‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬-1 ‫ﺟﺪول‬

NEC 70 REPRESENTATIVE MAX. PERMISSIBLE MAX. PERMISSIBLE MAX. PERMISSIBLE

ARTICLE CABLE CABLE L/R
500 GROUP CAPACITANCE INDUCTANCE RATIO OF CABLE
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه‬ (MICROFARADS) (MILLIHENRIES) ‫ ﻣﺠﺎز‬L/R ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
NEC 70 ‫ﻣﺎده‬ ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﺎزن ﻣﺠﺎز‬ ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ اﻧﺪوﻛﺘﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺠﺎز‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
500 ‫ﮔﺮوه‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
(‫)ﻣﻴﻜﺮو ﻓﺎراد‬ (‫)ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻫﻨﺮي‬

D PROPANE ‫ﭘﺮوﭘﺎن‬ 5.0 3.1 1000

1.9 1.2 380
C ETHYLENE ‫اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬
B HYDROGEN ‫ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬ 0.4 0.25 80

Inductance per unit length (microhenries)

* L/R ratio =
Resistance per unit length (ohm)
(‫اﻧﺪوﻛﺘﺎﻧﺲ در واﺣﺪ ﻃﻮل )ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻫﻨﺮي‬
‫ = ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬L/R ‫* ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
(‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در واﺣﺪ ﻃﻮل )اﻫﻢ‬

6.2.10 When specifying the size of signal ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬10-2-6
transmission cable, the maximum loop impedance in
specified operating transmitter shall be taken into ‫اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ در ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬
consideration. .‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬

6.2.11 When an intrinsically safe circuit is protected
by barriers, the circuit connected to external circuit
(connected to the barrier) shall be adequately
insulated from earth in the danger area.
6.2.12 Cables for intrinsically safe circuits shall have
a blue outer sheath exclusively.
6.3 Optical Fiber Cables
‫ﻣﺴﺪود‬ ‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪار ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬11-2-6
‫ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪار‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ )وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻄﺮ از زﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر‬12-2-6
.‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ آﺑﻲ رﻧﮓ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻧﻮري‬3-6

Fiber optics is the phrase applied to the use of
transparent glass or plastic fibers to carry light
signals between devices. For cable selection it is
important to specify kind of fibers, mechanical and
environmental properties.
If the signal power is limited to Light Emitting
Diode (LED) source, other than a laser source, there
is little concern of ignition of hazardous vapors. If
the cable has no metal component which could carry
electrical currents, then fiber optics provides
complete electrical, galvanic isolation between the
connecting devices, thus eliminating concern of
ground currents.
‫ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﻮري ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺷﻔﺎف ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ارﺳﺎل‬
.‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎلﻫﺎي ﻧﻮري ﺑﻴﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺧﻮاص ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و‬،‫ ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻓﻴﺒﺮ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ آن ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﻗﺪرت اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﻳﻮد ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻮر‬
‫ ﻧﮕﺮاﻧﻲ ﻛﻤﻲ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ور‬،‫ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻟﻴﺰر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،(LED)
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻠﺰي‬.‫ﺷﺪن ﺑﺨﺎرات ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ را ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل دﻫﺪ‬
،‫ﺻﻮرت ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﻮري ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ و ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎي‬،‫ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﺮده‬
.‫زﻣﻴﻨﻲ را از ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﺮد‬

12
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
6.3.1 Optical fiber cables color coding
Color coding method defines identification scheme
or system for individual fibers, fiber units, and
groups of fiber units within a cable structure.
The color coding system also defines the optical
fiber type identification scheme for color coding or
marking jackets for premises cables used primarily
indoors.
For more information on material selection refer to
IPS-M-IN-190(2).
6.3.2 Optical fiber cables installation
For indoor installation, cables shall be according to
IEC 60794-2 and subsequent standards. For
outdoor installation the cable shall be suitable for
oil & gas industry environments. The sheath
material must be oil and mud resistant. For more
information refer to the IEC 60794.
6.3.3 Termination
Cable termination is always points of concern and
care. Fiber-optic cables are no exception. The only
difference is that fiber optic cables contain very
small fibers that demand special care and attention.
Fiber Optic cables also require connectors and
splices.
The connector is designed to terminate the cable
and is usually a removable type of connection. The
splice is a permanent connection of two fibers. It is
possible to connect two connectors in such a way
that it becomes a nonpermanent splice. The
difference in splices lies in the fact that in a
permanent splice the fiber ends touch and in a
nonpermanent splice they do not. To terminate a
fiber the end must be flat with no optical flaws.
To achieve the desired quality of termination,
inspection or equivalent method is necessary.
The fiber end must have no flaws. Any flaw will
act like a diffuser in a light fixture, thus causing
light to scatter.
For more information refer to IEEE-1242 standard.
6.3.4. Ambient condition
Ambient conditions may affect installation
procedures and it is good practice to install optical
fiber cables, particularly in long lengths only when
the temperature is within the limits set by the
particular cable manufacturer.
13
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ ﻛﺪﮔﺬاري رﻧﮓ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬1-3-6
‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ روش ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫روﺷﻬﺎي ﻛﺪﮔﺬاري رﻧﮓ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮي و ﮔﺮوﻫﻬﺎي واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮي ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﺪ ﮔﺬاري‬.‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫در ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وﺟﻮد دارﻧﺪ را‬
‫رﻧﮓ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ روش ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﻮع ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺪ ﮔﺬاري رﻧﮓ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري آن ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اوﻟﻴﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در‬
.‫داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن اﺳﺖ‬
IPS-M-IN-190(2) ‫ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺟﻨﺲ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬2-3-6
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ در داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ آن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IEC 60794-2 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز‬،‫ﻧﺼﺐ در ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻏﻼف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻮاد ﻧﻔﺘﻲ و ﮔﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوم‬.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬IEC 60794 ‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي‬3-3-6
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬.‫ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ از دﻗﺖ و اﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻻزم ﺑﺮﺧﻮردار اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻔﺎوت در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬.‫ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري داراي ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻧﺎزك ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري ﻧﻴﺰ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬.‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ آﻧﺠﺎ‬.‫و ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد و ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً از ﻧﻮع ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ دو ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬.‫ اﺗﺼﺎل داﺋﻢ دو ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻛﺮدن‬
.‫را ﻃﻮري ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ وﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ داﺋﻤﻲ را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ دﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎوت در ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاﻳﻦ اﺻﻞ اﺳﺘﻮار ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ درﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ داﺋﻢ‬
‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻤﺎس دارد و در ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻏﻴﺮداﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ‬.‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﺖ و ﺑﺪون ﻧﻘﺺ ﻧﻮري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻳﺎ روﺷﻬﺎي‬،‫ﺑﺮاي رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﻄﻠﻮب ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺨﺶ‬،‫ ﻫﺮ اﻳﺮادي‬.‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻳﺮادي ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻮر ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد‬،‫ﻧﻮر ﭼﺮاغ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IEEE-1242 ‫ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬4-3-6
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻧﺼﺐ ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎ در ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
.‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻮد‬،‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
The mechanical properties of optical cables are
also dependent on the temperature and the
materials used in their construction. Typically,
cables containing PVC in their construction should
not be installed when their temperature is below 0
°C whilst cables incorporating polyethylene can be
installed when their temperature is down to - 15°C.
For most cables, the upper installation temperature
limit is 50°C. Unless special measures are taken,
cables should not have been exposed to
temperatures outside the specified installation
temperature range for a period of 12 h prior to
installation.
6.3.5 Testing
The following tests should be considered during
installation as minimum :
 Bending behavior, like minimum bend
radii during and after installation.
 Fiber type, attenuation, PMD, dispersion
For more detailed refer to IEC 60793 and
IEC 60794-1-2.
The most important cable properties to be
specified are shown below. Values will change
depending of cable type (armored, non-armored,
indoor, outdoor, duct, direct buried, etc.)
 Tensile strength
 Temperature range
 Water tightness test
 Crush strength
 Impact strength
 Bending behavior; like min. bend radii
during and after installation.
 Fire tests (mainly indoor cables)
 Material properties (for example oil
resistance, chemical stability, flame
retardency)
 Fibers: fiber type, attenuation, PMD,
dispersion
6.3.6 Splicing
These general guidelines are offered for splicing
cables. However, because of the variety of cables
14
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮري ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ دﻣﺎ و ﻧﻮع ﺟﻨﺲ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ آن ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ در دﻣﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬PVC ‫ﺷﺪه از‬
‫در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان در دﻣﺎي‬
،‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻮد‬-15 ‫ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬50 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺤﺪوده دﻣﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ در ﻣﻌﺮض دﻣﺎي ﺧﺎرج‬،‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ آﻧﻬﺎ‬12 ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ اﻗﺪام ﻣﺨﺼﻮص اﻧﺠﺎم‬.‫از ﻣﺤﺪوده دﻣﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬5-3-6
‫آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ در ﻣﺪت ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬
:‫داﺷﺖ‬
‫ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪن ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺷﻌﺎع ﻫﺎي ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪن در‬
.‫ﺣﺎل ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺑﻌﺪاز آن‬
‫ ﭘﺮاﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬،PMD ،‫ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ‬،‫ ﻧﻮع ﻓﻴﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼع از ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IEC 60794-1-2 ‫ و‬IEC 60793
.‫ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻮاص ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت زﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬،‫ ﺑﺪون زره‬،‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎﺑﻞ )زرهدار‬
.‫ و ﻏﻴﺮه( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮد‬،‫ دﻓﻨﻲ‬،‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل‬،‫ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬
‫ﻗﺪرت ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬ 
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده دﻣﺎ‬ 
‫آزﻣﻮن ﺿﺪ آب ﺑﻮدن‬ 
‫ﻗﺪرت ﺧﺮد ﺷﺪن‬ 
‫ﻗﺪرت ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬ 
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪن; ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺷﻌﺎع ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪن در‬ 
‫ﺣﺎل ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺑﻌﺪ ازآن‬
(‫ )در ﻣﻮرد ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬،‫آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي آﺗﺶ‬ 
،‫ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ روﻏﻦ‬،‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت ﺟﻨﺲ )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬ 
(‫ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ‬،‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪاري ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ ﭘﺮاﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬،PMD ،‫ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ‬،‫ ﻧﻮع ﻓﻴﺒﺮ‬:‫ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎ‬ 
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ زدن‬6-3-6
‫ در‬.‫اﻳﻦ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ زدن ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺗﻨﻮع ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ و روش ﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪزﻧﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮرت‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
and methods of splicing, they are not intended as a
detailed set of instructions. Most manufacturers
have instructions for specific cable construction
and the type of splice being used, and these
instructions are to be followed. The method of
splicing should be fusion splice. Mechanical
splices should not be allowed. The maximum
splice loss should be specified with 0.05 dB/ splice
maximum / 0.03 dB/ splice average (SM
fibers).The general guidelines of cable
manufacturers should be followed. All necessary
equipment, like patch panels, splice closures, patch
cords, connectors, etc. should be requested within
the offer. Important point is to avoid different
types of connectors, splice closures etc.
For more information refer to TIA/EIA/ITU
standards.
6.4 Fields Bus
Field bus is a communication protocol based on
OSI model to distribute the control application in
the network. Most widely used fieldbuse are
Foundation Fieldbus and Profibus. The network
media can be: twisted cable, multi-pair cable,
multi-core cable, fiber optics or wireless.
Where metallic wiring is used, the usual concerns
of grounding, electrical surge and electrical safety
all should apply.
In accordance to the structure of the physical layer
of the fieldbus, the communication protocol is
different and the related standard should be
considered.
For Foundation Fieldbus and Profibus PA refer to
IEC 61158-2 and for Profibus DP refer to BS
50178.
6.4.1 Fieldbus test
Field bus application related test such as noise
jitter and unbalance check, should be considered.
6.5 Sharing of Multicore Cables
6.5.1 All Electric signals for measurement and
control shall be grouped in 8 classes as shown in
Table 2.
6.5.2 The examples given for each class are
typical, but not exhaustive. For each signal in a
project, the classification shall be carefully
considered, based on best similarity with the
examples given.
15
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ اﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن‬.‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و ﻧﻮع ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ روش ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ زﻧﻲ در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد‬.‫ﺷﺪه دارﻧﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از آﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺮوي ﻧﻤﻮد‬
.‫ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪزﻧﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪ‬0.05 dB ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ اﻓﺖ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪزﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬SM ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬0.03 dB ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻻزم‬.‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺮا ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬، ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي دﺳﺘﻪاي‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺳﻴﻢ‬،‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑــﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺧﺮﻳﺪ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ از ﺧﺮﻳﺪ اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و‬
.‫ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎ وﻏﻴﺮه‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬TIA/EIA/ITU ‫ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬4-6
‫ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬OSI ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮوﺗﻜﻞ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻣﺪل‬
،‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ در ﺷﺒﻜﻪ را ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬:‫ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ‬.‫ و ﭘﺮوﻓﻲﺑﺎس ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬FF
‫ ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬،‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي‬،‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ زوﺟﻲ‬،‫ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ‬،‫در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ از ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻓﻠﺰي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻧﻮﺳﺎن ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ و اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﺮوﺗﻜﻞ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت‬،‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﻻﻳﻪ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬
.‫اﺳﺖ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ و ﺑﺮاي‬IEC 61158-2 ‫ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬PA ‫ و ﭘﺮوﻓﻲﺑﺎس‬FF ‫ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬BS 50178 ‫ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬DP ‫ﭘﺮوﻓﻲﺑﺎس‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬1-4-6
‫آزﻣﻮن ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ و‬
.‫ﺑﻲ ﺛﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻲ و ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﺷﺘﺮاك ﮔﺬاري در ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪرﺷﺘﻪاي‬5-6
،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬1-5-6
،‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬2 ‫ ﻛﻼس ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮري ﻛﻪ در ﺟﺪول‬8 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬
.‫ﮔﺮوه ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺜﺎلﻫﺎي داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻛﻼس ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮده‬2-5-6
‫ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل در ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮوژه‬.‫و ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮر دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺒﺎﻫﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع داده ﺷﺪه در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
6.5.3 It is preferred to use separate multicore
cable(s) for each signal class.
6.5.4 Where, however, for the smaller projects this
would result in a large number of separate cables,
sharing of multicore cables for different signal
classes in one multicore cable (within the
limitations shown in Table 2) is allowed.
6.5.5 For each combination, a further segregation
is required between cables connected to equipment
with a certificate of intrinsic safety and cables for
equipment without this feature.
6.5.6 Intrinsically safe wires shall be separated
from non-intrinsically safe wires by one of the
following methods:
1) Use of separate conduits, trunks, cable trays,
or ladders.
2) Compartmenting of cable trays or ladders by
the use of an insulated or grounded metal
partition.
3) Use of separate armored cables, for the non-
intrinsically safe and intrinsically safe wires.
6.5.7 Multicore cables containing intrinsically safe
circuits shall not contain any non-intrinsically safe
circuits.
6.5.8 More than one intrinsically safe circuit may
be run in the same multicore cable provided that at
least 0.25mm (0.010 in) thickness insulation is
used on each conductor.
16
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻛﻼس ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً از ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪاي‬3-5-6
.‫ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ اي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﮔﺮﭼﻪ در ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎي ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﻋﺚ وﺟﻮد ﺗﻌﺪاد‬4-5-6
‫ اﺷﺘﺮاك ﮔﺬاري ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ‬،‫زﻳﺎدي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫رﺷﺘﻪاي ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻼس ﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل در ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ‬
‫رﺷﺘﻪاي ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ )ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول‬
(2
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻣﺠﺪد ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ‬5-5-6
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات )ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ( و ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﺑﺪون اﻳﻦ وﻳﮋﮔﻲ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﻪ‬6-5-6
:‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از روﺷﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن ﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻫﺎ‬،‫( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬1
.‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫( ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺻﻔﺤﺎت‬2
.‫ﻓﻠﺰي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬
ً‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎ‬،‫( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي زره دار ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬3
. ‫اﻳﻤﻦ و ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬7-5-6
.‫داراي ﻫﺮﻧﻮع ﻣﺪار ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪار ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ را در ﻫﻤﺎن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ‬8-5-6
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻫﺎدي‬،‫اي ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬0/010) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬0/25 ‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ از ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1)

TABLE 2 - SHARING OF INSTRUMENT SIGNAL CABLES

‫ اﺷﺘﺮاك ﮔﺬاري ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬- 2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬

SIGNAL SIGNALS ALLOWABLE SHARING OF CABLES

CLASS ‫اﺷﺘﺮاك ﮔﺬاري ﻣﺠﺎز ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
‫ﻛﻼس‬ LENGTH BELOW LENGTH 250 m
250 m AND MORE
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬250 ‫ﻃﻮل ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬ ‫ ﻣﺘﺮ وﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬250 ‫ﻃﻮل‬

Analogue low level ( mV) e.g. thermocouples, radiation
1
pyrometers, I.B.P., F.B.P., F.P. analyzers
√ √
‫ ﭘﻴﺮوﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎي ﭘﺮﺗﻮي‬،‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻠﻬﺎ‬:‫( ﻣﺜﺎل‬mV ‫آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ )درﺣﺪود‬
F.P. ‫ و‬F.B.P. ‫ و‬I.B.P ‫آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰرﻫﺎي‬

Analogue medium level ( 1 V) e.g. resistance thermometer
2
elements, strain gages, oxygen analyzers, gas chromatographs
√ √
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن‬،‫ اﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬:‫ ( ﻣﺜﺎل‬1 V ‫آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )درﺣﺪود‬
‫ ﻛﺮوﻣﻮﺗﻮﮔﺮاﻓﻬﺎي ﮔﺎزي‬،‫ آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰرﻫﺎي اﻛﺴﻴﮋن‬،‫دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﺶ‬
 
Analogue high level ( 10V, mA) e.g. electronic
3
instrumentation Loops
√ √
‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬:‫ وﻟﺖ و ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ( ﻣﺜﺎل‬10 ‫آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ در ﺣﺪود‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
4 Digital low level (pulse train) e.g. turbine meters, P.D. meters
‫ ﻣﻴﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬P.D. ،‫ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬:‫دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل وﻟﺘﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ )ﻗﻄﺎر ﭘﺎﻟﺲ( ﻣﺜﺎل‬ √ √

5 Digital high level (pulse train) e.g. tank-gauging systems

‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺨﺎزن‬:‫دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ )ﻗﻄﺎر ﭘﺎﻟﺲ( ﻣﺜﺎل‬ √

On-Off low level (below 42 V.DC, 60 V AC) e.g.

6 alarm-systems, interposing relays not exceeding 20 W rating
‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬:‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب( ﻣﺜﺎل‬60 ،‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬42 ‫ وﺻﻞ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ )زﻳﺮ‬- ‫ﻗﻄﻊ‬ √ √
‫ وات ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬20 ‫ رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺪاﺧﻠﻪﮔﺮ ﻛﻪ از ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﻫﺸﺪاردﻫﻨﺪه‬
On-Off high level and( digital) (above 42 V DC, 60 V AC, not
7 exceeding 40 W rating) e.g. initiating circuits for process-control
and emergency systems, solenoid valves, control circuitry for
typewriters
√ √
‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب‬60 ‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ و‬42 ‫ وﺻﻞ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ و )دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل( )ﺑﺎﻻي‬- ‫ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي راه اﻧﺪاز ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي‬:‫ وات ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ( ﻣﺜﺎل‬40 ‫ﻛﻪ از ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺪار ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬،‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ و اﺿﻄﺮاري‬
Field bus data communication protocol (24 VDC) as per
FISCO STD. e.g. Field bus transmitters , valves , Tank gauges ,
Analytical instruments , etc,

8 FISCO ‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ( ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬24) ‫ﭘﺮوﺗﻜﻞ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ داده ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬ √ √

،‫ آﻧﺎﻻﻳﺰرﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﺨﺎزن‬،‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬،‫ )ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬: ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬
(‫ﻏﻴﺮه‬

Note: :‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
I.B.P. Initial boiling point analyzer. ‫ آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰر ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺟﻮش‬I.B.P
F.B.P. Final boiling point analyzer. ‫ آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺟﻮش‬F.B.P
F.P. Flash point analyzer. ‫آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل‬ F.P

 Denotes: in the ranges ‫ در ﻣﺤﺪوده‬:‫≈ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ‬

17
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
6.6 Segregation in Trenches
6.6.1 The instrumentation cables shall be laid in
"trenches" for instrumentation cables: as follows:
1) Where physical separation between
intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe
cables is not required, cables for signal classes
1-4 included, shall be laid on one side of the
trench, cables for signal classes 5-7. On the
other side, and the pneumatic tubing shall be
laid in between.
2) Where the user requires physical separation
between intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically
safe cables, these 2 groups shall be laid on
opposite sides of the trench, with the
pneumatic tubing in between.
3) In order to reduce interference between
cables for signal classes 1-4 and those for
signal classes 5-7, a further separation shall be
made in between. (e.g., by means of vertical
cable tiles)
6.6.2 Cross-section drawings of trenches shall
show the location and laying pattern of each
group of the cables.
6.7 Segregation in Trunks or Cable Trays
All electric signal cables in instrument cable
trenches shall continue above ground in trunks or
by use of cable trays, cable ladders, together with
the pneumatic tubing cables.
Where the user requires separation of cables for
intrinsically safe circuits, separate trunks or cable
trays shall be installed.
6.8 Segregation in Terminal Boxes
6.8.1 The terminal boxes may be shared for signal
classes 1-4, (analogue mV, 1V, 10V / digital pulse
train, on-off (24Vdc / 60Vdc / 42Vdc) or for
signal classes 5-7.
However, cables for intrinsically safe circuits
shall not share a terminal box with cables for non-
intrinsically safe circuits.
6.8.2 Terminals for intrinsically safe circuits shall
18
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬6-6
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در "ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي" ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬1-6-6
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ‬:‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫( وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺪاﻳﻲ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ و ﻏﻴﺮ‬1
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬4 ‫ﺗﺎ‬1 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﻼس‬.‫ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﻻزم ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬5 ‫در ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮف ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻛﻼس‬
‫در ﻃﺮف دﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ )ﺑﺎدي( در ﺑﻴﻦ‬
.‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫( درﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻟﺰام ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ‬2
‫ اﻳﻦ دو ﮔﺮوه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬،‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ و ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ دارد‬
(‫ﻃﺮفﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ )ﺑﺎدي‬
.‫در ﺑﻴﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ‬1 ‫( ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﻼس‬3
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻣﺠﺪد ﺑﻴﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬،7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬5 ‫ و ﻛﻼس‬4
(‫ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ آﺟﺮﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬:‫)ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬
‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻞ و ﻧﺤﻮه‬2-6-6
.‫ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪن ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮوه از ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ را ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬7-6
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي زﻣﻴﻦ در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ )ﺑﺎدي( در ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬،‫ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
.‫اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬
ً‫در ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻟﺰام ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪاﺋﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ‬،‫اﻳﻤﻦ را دارد‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي در ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬8-6
‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي‬1-8-6
‫ وﻟﺖ ﻳﺎ‬10 ،‫ ﻳﻚ وﻟﺖ‬،‫ )آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺖ‬4 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1 ‫ﻛﻼس ﻫﺎي‬
‫ وﻟﺖ‬60 ‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ‬24)‫وﺻﻞ‬-‫ ﻗﻄﻊ‬،‫ﻗﻄﺎر ﭘﺎﻟﺲ دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل‬
‫ اﺷﺘﺮاك‬7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬5 ‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ(( ﻳﺎ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎي‬42 ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﻌﺒﻪ‬،‫در ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ اﺷﺘﺮاك ﮔﺬاري‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي‬2-8-6
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
be segregated or separated from non-intrinsically
safe terminals by one of the following methods:
1) Locating intrinsically safe and non-
intrinsically safe terminals in separate
enclosures.
2) Using an insulated or grounded metal
partition between terminals.
3) Separating intrinsically safe and non-
intrinsically safe terminals by a minimum
distance of 50 mm.
6.8.3 Terminal strips in enclosures containing
different intrinsically safe circuits shall be
seperated by insulated or grounded metal
partitions between terminals.
6.8.4 Wiring methods shall prevent contact
between circuits, should a wire become
disconnected from its termination. Wire-tie downs
are acceptable for this purpose.
6.9 Construction of Terminal Boxes
6.9.1 For use in Zone II areas, the terminal boxes
shall be reinforced polyester with transparent
form cover. If the user does not accept polyester
boxes in Zone II areas, steel sheet boxes shall be
specified.
The terminals in these boxes shall be of rail
mounted clip-in construction, material shall be
high-grade track-resistant melamine. If the user
does not allow this material in Zone II areas,
terminals with glazed steatite body shall be
specified. Cable glands shall suit the diameter of
the cable. For armoured cables and unarmoured
cables, nylon cable glands shall be specified, and
where these are not obtainable, brass glands shall
be specified.
For armoured cables, weather-proof cable glands
shall be specified.
For all cable glands, a locknut inside the terminal
box is required to ensure at least 5 engaged
threads for mechanical strength.
6.9.2 The above construction details are also
applicable to terminal boxes for the following:
19
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﻃﺮق زﻳﺮ از ﻫﻢ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي‬
:‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫( ﻗﺮار دادن ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ و ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ در‬1
.‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻠﺰي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬2
.‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ‬
‫( ﺟﺪاﻛﺮدن ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ و ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎ‬3
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬50 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎي ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺪار‬3-8-6
‫ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪﻫﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي زﻣﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ ﺟﺪا ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ روشﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ در ﺻﻮرت ﻗﻄﻊ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ از ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬4-8-6
‫ ﮔﺮه زدن ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬9-6
‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي‬، II ‫ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬1-9-6
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻔﺎف‬
‫ اﮔﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ورق ﻓﻮﻻدي‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬II ‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎﺋﻲ در ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي اﻳﻦ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر رﻳﻠﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه ﺧﻮر‬
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﻣﻼﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻮب و ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﺶ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﺲ را ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺗﻠﻖ ﺑﺮاق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬II
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي زره‬.‫ﮔﻠﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﻠﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر‬،‫دار و ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺪون زره‬
‫ ﮔﻠﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ‬،‫رود و در ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي زره دار از ﮔﻠﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﺮه ﻗﻔﻠﻲ داﺧﻞ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﻪ ﮔﻠﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
،‫ دﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه در ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬5 ‫ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ از‬
.‫ﻗﺪرت ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ آن را ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﻓﻮق ﻧﻴﺰ در ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ‬2-9-6
.‫ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ روﻧﺪ‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
1) Intrinsically safe circuits in Zone I areas
2) Non-intrinsically safe circuits in Zone I
areas
Non-intrinsically safe circuits in Zone I areas
shall be accommodated in flame-proof terminal
boxes.
6.9.3 For safe areas in the plant, terminal boxes
identical in construction to those described for
Zone II areas shall be specified for
standardization reasons.
6.9.4 For use in control center with basements,
much larger terminal-boxes may be required, and
shall be designed to suit the application.
6.9.5 The number of terminals in each box shall be
sufficient to terminate all signal wire (including
spares) and to interconnect the cable screens.
6.9.6 For terminal boxes in the plant, adaptor
plates for glands, trays or trunking shall
preferably be applied in the bottom of the
terminal box. This is mandatory when steel cover
sheet applied to protect plastic terminal boxes.
6.9.7 For terminal boxes in the control center with
basement, the glands shall preferably be in the
bottom of the box.
6.9.8 Underground junction boxes are not
permitted.
6.9.9 Terminals for intrinsically safe circuits
should be enclosed by a cover suitably marked
and distinctively colored (e.g. "intrinsically safe
circuits" on a light blue background).
6.9.10 Plugs and sockets for intrinsically safe
circuits shall be separate and non-interchangeable,
except when it can be established that no hazard
can arise from an interchange.
6.9.11 Sufficient length of cable shall be provided
for termination to be remade if necessary.
6.9.12 Whenever a termination is made to a
measuring element which has to be withdrawn
(e.g. thermocouple), sufficient length of lead shall
be allowed for the element to be withdrawn
20
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
I ‫( ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬1
I ‫( ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬2
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﻌﺒﻪ‬I ‫ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺿﺪ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺟﺎداده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ از‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻦ در واﺣﺪ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬ 3-9-6
‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻳﻜﺴﺎن و آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬
.‫ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ دﻻﻳﻞ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻧﻤﻮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد‬II
،‫ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در اﺗﺎق ﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻦ دارﻧﺪ‬4-9-6
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮي ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد درﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي داﺧﻞ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬5-9-6
‫ﻧﻤﻮدن ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل )ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﻫﺎ( و ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫اﺗﺼﺎل داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل در واﺣﺪ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﺎي‬6-9-6
‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺸﻲ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﮔﻠﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬.‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در زﻳﺮ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑـــﺮاي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬
.‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ اﺟﺒﺎري ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎ زﻳﺮ زﻣﻴﻦ‬7-9-6
.‫ﮔﻠﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬8-9-6
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ‬9-9-6
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ درﺳﺖ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ وﺿﻮح رﻧﮓ آﻣﻴﺰي‬
‫ )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل "ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ" ﺑﺎ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ آﺑﻲ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(‫روﺷﻦ‬
‫ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ و دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪا و‬10-9-6
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ در ﻣﻮاﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﺮد ﻛﻪ از‬،‫ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺧﻄﺮي ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ آﻣﺪ‬
‫ ﻃﻮل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬11-9-6
.‫اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑــﺮاي ﻳﻚ اﻟﻤﺎن اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي‬12-9-6
‫ ﻃﻮل ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬،(‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬،‫ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺸﻴﺪن آن اﻟﻤﺎن ﺑﺪون ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
without electrical disconnection. The minimum
additional length for this purpose shall be 600
mm.
6.9.13 Cables associated only with data
processing apparatus shall be led directly to the
apparatus input cabinet.
6.9.14 Where plastic tubing is used underground
and copper tubing is used above ground, a sheet
steel terminal box shall be provided at the riser
point, to accommodate the bulkhead couplings
necessary for the transition from copper tubing to
plastic tubing.
6.9.15 All junction boxes shall be earthed at field.
Note:
Where cubicle panels are installed at grade level,
the underground cables shall terminate on
bulkhead connectors inside the cubicle.
In cases where the distance between control room
and process area requires field-mounted blind
controllers, special weather-proof cubicles shall
be designed. The upper part of these cubicles shall
accommodate the controllers, and the lower part
shall serve as a termination point for the
underground cables.
6.10 Accommodation of Individual Signal
Lines
6.10.1 Unarmoured signal cables (e.g.,
thermocouples or resistance thermometer
elements) shall be run in galvanized conduit with
25 mm diameter. This conduit shall be connected
to the trunking by means of a smooth bore
coupling, and to the measuring element head by
means of plastic covered flexible conduit. The
length of flexible conduit shall be sufficient for
withdrawal of the measuring element without
need for disconnecting the signal cable.
6.10.2 Armoured signal cables shall be installed
similar to the cables for power and lighting, and
have a cable loop near the instrument.
6.10.3 Electrical signal cables shall be connected
to field-mounted instruments such as transmitters,
valve positioners, etc., by means of armoured
21
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬600 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻃﻮل اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻮردي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﭘﺮدازش‬13-9-6
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻴﻨﺖ ورودي‬،‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻮپ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ در زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻦ و ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬14-9-6
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل از ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺴﻲ در ﺑﺎﻻي زﻣﻴﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻳﻚ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺛﺎﺑﺖ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﺮوج ﻟﻮﻟﻪ از زﻣﻴﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ‬15-9-6
.‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
،‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ در ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺛﺎﺑﺖ داﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي‬
.‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮل ﺑﻴﻦ اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻛﻮر ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ را دارد‬
‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺋﻲ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺿﺪﻫﻮاي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ و ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ را ﺟﺎ داده‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺎدادن ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ‬10-6
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺪون زره )ﻣﺜﻼً ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻳﺎ‬1-10-6
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖﻫﺎي ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺑﺎ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺳﻴﻢ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬25 ‫ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ و ﺑﻪ ﺳــﺮ اﻟﻤﺎن‬،‫ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﺟﺪاره ﺻﺎف وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﻧﺪاه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﻳﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ ﻃﻮل اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻴﺮون‬.‫وﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪن اﻟﻤﺎن اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺪون اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل زرهدار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬2-10-6
‫و روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ‬
.‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ‬3-10-6
‫ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬positioner ‫ و‬،‫در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
cable and proper terminal box.
6.11 Screening of Signal Cables
6.11.1 Cable armours shall not be used for
screening purposes. All cable screening shall be
kept isolated from cable armouring, instrument
housings, steel structures, and any other electric
conductors. All screening shall be electrically
continuous. When two lengths of cable are to be
connected, a separate terminal shall be provided
to maintain screen continuity. All cable screening
shall be earthed at one point only, usually at the
receiving instrument or safety barrier strip.
The measuring elements shall be earthed only at
the receiving instrument via the screen; the
measuring elements shall therefore be kept free
from local earth. To satisfy this requirement,
thermocouples shall be specified, where
necessary.
6.11.2 If the measuring element cannot be kept
free from local earth (as may be the case with
certain on-line process stream analyzers) and the
signal is in class 1 or 2 of Table 2, the screen shall
also be earthed at the sensor side and be extended
into the control room without any further
connection to screens of other cables.
6.11.3 In case shunt-diode safety barriers are
used, the screens shall be earthed at the safety
barrier ground connection.
6.11.4 For typical example, refer to Fig.1.
6.11.5 Grounding shall be as indicated in the
following Table 3:
22
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ زرهدار و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ وﺻﻞ‬،‫و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
.‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬11-6
‫ از زرهﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬1-11-6
،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از زره ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد‬
‫ و ﻫﺮﻧﻮع ﻫﺎدي‬،‫ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي‬،‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻈﺮ‬.‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺠﺰا ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ دو ﺗﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬.‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻣﺠﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﮔﺮدد ﺗﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬،‫وﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮار ﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
.‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ در اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺎن ﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه‬،‫ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ آزاد ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ در‬،‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ اﻟﺰاﻣﻲ‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ اﻟﻤﺎن اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي را ﻧﺘﻮان از اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‬2-11-6
‫ﺟﺪا ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺖ )ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎن ﻧﺤﻮي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ آﻧﺎﻻﻳﺰرﻫﺎي‬
2 ‫ ﺟﺪول‬2 ‫ و‬1 ‫روي ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( و ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ در ﻛﻼس‬
‫ ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ را ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﺮف ﺣﺴﮕﺮ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺮد و اداﻣﻪ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺪون اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻌﺪي ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﻏﻼف ﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ از‬3-11-6
ِ‫ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬،‫ﻧﻮع دﻳﻮد ﻣﻮازي‬
.‫ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬4-11-6
:‫ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3 ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪول‬5-11-6
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
TABLE 3 – GROUNDING
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬-3 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
SERVICE
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ‬
Signal wires ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
Thermocouple extension wires: Wire-Type thermocouples
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ از ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬:‫ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬
Sheathed type thermocouples ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻏﻼف دار‬
Differential temperature thermocouple applications or systems,
where thermocouple wiring to be made intrinsically safe
‫ ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ در آﻧﺠﺎ ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ دﻣﺎ‬
.‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
Electronic equipment such as data loggers, computers or
Multiplexers.
‫ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎ و ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ واﻗﻌﻪ ﻧﮕﺎرﻫﺎي داده‬
.‫ﭘﻠﻜﺴﺮﻫﺎ‬
6.12 Use of Quad Cables
6.12.1 The service of the wires in a quad shall be
arranged as follows:
1) For signals requiring 2 wires, the
diametrically opposed wires shall be used.
The other pair of wires in the quad may be
used for another signal, (within the limitations
specified in Table 2).
The unused wire(s) in a quad shall be
connected in parallel to used wires in the same
quad, using crimp-on wire pins or fork lugs,
(depending on type of terminal).
2) For signals requiring 3 wires, e.g. for
resistance thermometer elements in bridge
circuits, two wires diametrically opposed shall
be combined for connection to the null
detector, and the other two for extension of
bridge-arms. These wires shall have sufficient
excess length to allow converting a 3-wire
circuit into a 4-wire circuit if so desired later.
23
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
SPECIFIC GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS
‫ﻣﻘﺮرات اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ وﻳﮋه‬
Ground at the power supply end
‫اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬
The extension wire shield is directly grounded at the
receiving instrument
‫ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً در اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
Grounding at the measuring junction end by use of grounded
hot junctions
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺮدن‬
.‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﮔﺮم‬
Proposed grounding design to be reviewed with user's
engineer
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻬﻨﺪس اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
Proposals for grounding designs, other than the above, to be
approved by user's engineer
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﻏﻴﺮ از آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪ‬،‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻬﻨﺪس اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻬﺎرﺳﻴﻤﻪ‬12-6
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ در ﻳﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭼﻬﺎر ﺳﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬1-12-6
:‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ زﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ از‬،‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2 ‫( ﺑـﺮاي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ ﻛـــﻪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ‬1
.‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫زوج دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ در ﭼﻬﺎرﺳﻴﻤﻪ را ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل دﻳﮕﺮي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد )درﻣﺤﺪوده ﻫﺎي ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در‬
.( 2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﺪه در ﭼﻬﺎرﺳﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻮازي‬
،‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه در ﻫﻤﺎن ﭼﻬﺎرﺳﻴﻤﻪ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﻨﺠﺎقﻫﺎي ﭼﻴﻦ دار ﻳﺎ آوﻳﺰهﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬
.(‫)ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل دارد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ ﺳﻴﻢ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج دارﻧﺪ‬3 ‫( ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬2
،‫ﻣﺜﺎل ﺑﺮاي اﻟﻤﺎن ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ در ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﭘﻞ‬
‫دو ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻮل ﺳﻨﺞ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و دوﺗﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮاي اداﻣﻪ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﻫﺎي‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮل ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻓﺮاواﻧﻲ‬.‫ﭘﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻤﻪ‬4 ‫ ﺳﻴﻤﻪ را ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪار‬3 ‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ از ﻣﺪار‬
.‫در ﺻﻮرت اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺑﻌﺪي اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮدد‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
3) For signals requiring 4 wires, e.g., for
resistance thermometer elements in a constant
current circuit, the current carrying wires shall
occupy one pair of diametrically opposed
wires; the measuring signal shall occupy the
other pair.
6.13 Numbering and Identification
6.13.1 Numbering system for instrument cables
and terminal boxes
In order to obtain uniformity in the various
numbering systems of instrument cables and
boxes the following system shall apply.
1) Cables for each function shall be numbered
starting from 101 upwards. The cable numbers
1 to 100 shall be reserved for use by the user.
2) The cable number shall be preceded by a
letter for identifying its typical function, viz.:
PN for pneumatic tubes
T for temperature measuring cables
E for other electric signal cables such as:
Cables connecting safeguarding systems,
signaling devices, measuring elements,
transmitters, transducers and other electric
and/or electronic instruments.
For cables containing intrinsically safe circuits,
this letter shall be followed by an i, such as
Ti and Ei.
3) Terminal boxes shall be designated by one
of the following letters, PN, T, E, Ti or Ei in
accordance with the function of the cables, and
numbered from No. 11 upwards. The box
numbers 1-10 shall be reserved for use by the
user.
6.13.2 Identification of cables and terminal
boxes
All cables and terminal boxes shall be marked
clearly, durably and consistently in accordance
with 6.13.1 and as specified below:
1) Underground cables shall be marked at
approx. 5 m intervals by means of embossed
strips of corrosion resistant material (e.g.
stainless steel or nylon).
24
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬، ‫ ﺳﻴﻤﻪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج دارﻧﺪ‬4 ‫( ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬3
،‫ اﻟﻤﺎنﻫﺎي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ در ﻣﺪار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن داﺋﻢ‬:‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن را ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ زوج‬
‫ و ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻧﺪازه‬،‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ را ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زوج دﻳﮕﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري و ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ‬13-6
‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬1-13-6
‫و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺘﻲ در اﻧﻮاع ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري‬
.‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮود‬،‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺷﻤﺎرهﮔﺬاري‬101 ‫( ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎي ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬1
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ‬100 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫رزرو ﺷﻮد‬
‫( ﺷﻤﺎره ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺣﺮف ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ آن‬2
:‫ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ )ﺑﺎدي‬PN
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎ‬T
:‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ دﻳﮕﺮ‬E
‫ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬،‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ اﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬،‫ اﻟﻤﺎنﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي‬،‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ دﻫﻲ‬
.‫و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
i ‫ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬
.Ei ‫ و‬Ti ‫دﻧﺒﺎل ﺷﻮد ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫( ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از اﻳﻦ ﺣﺮوف‬3
‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬Ei ‫ ﻳﺎ‬Ti, E, T, PN :‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ اﺳﺖ‬11 ‫ و ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري از ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ رزرو ﺷﻮد‬10‫ﺗﺎ‬1 ‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬2-13-6
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر وﺿﻮح ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
‫ و ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﭘﺎﻳﺪار و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ در ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨــﺪ‬،‫ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه‬
:‫ و ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬1-13-6
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ‬5 ‫( ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً در ﻫﺮ‬1
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻮار ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﺿﺪزﻧﮓ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﺿﺪ‬
.‫زﻧﮓ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻳﻠﻮن( ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
2) Above-ground cables shall be marked at
their termination points (outside the terminal
box where applicable) with a suitable label, of
engraved or embossed plastic.
3) Terminal boxes shall be marked externally
with suitable nameplates of engraved plastic.
4) Terminals in the terminal boxes shall be
numbered consecutively in accordance with
relevant cable connection diagrams.
5) All wires shall be individually marked on
each side of each terminal with plastic
markers.
6) Termination points of multicore tubing shall
be marked on the outside of the trunking.
7) Individual copper tubing shall be marked
with instrument tag number at the point of
connection to the multicore tubing.
6.14 Pulling Through Conduits
6.14.1 Where instrument cables are to be pulled
through conduit, the conduit shall be completely
dry prior to installation and the ends shall be
temporarily sealed to prevent entrance of moisture
and rain during installation.
6.14.2 Conduit installations shall be planned such
that rain cannot enter conduit fittings after
installation is complete. All fitting covers must
be securely tightened to prevent entrance of rain
or moisture. Thread compound shall be used on
all threads to assure tight seal.
6.14.3 Where necessary to use pulling compound
for instrument cables, the pulling compound shall
be of dry type. Wet compound shall not be used.
6.14.4 Ends of conduit shall be inspected to
assure that no raw edges are present to damage
cable insulations during pulling.
6.14.5 Particular care shall be applied in pulling
shielded cables, to assure that pulling forces do
not separate or otherwise damage the cable shield.
25
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫( ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي روزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻘﺎط ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي )ﺧﺎرج از ﺟﻌﺒﻪ‬2
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺣﻚ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮوف ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ از‬، ‫( ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺑﻴﺮون ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ‬3
.‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺣﻚ ﺷﺪه‬
‫( ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي داﺧﻞ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬4
.‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮف ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر‬5
.‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫اﻧﻔﺮادي ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬار ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫( ﻧﻘﺎط ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬6
.‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫( ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺴﻲ ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ در‬7
.‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻗﺮار دادن )ﻛﺎﺑﻞ( داﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬14-6
‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از داﺧﻞ‬1-14-6
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬،‫ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪه و دو اﻧﺘﻬﺎي آن ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻮﻗﺖ آب ﺑﻨﺪي‬
.‫ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ از ورود رﻃﻮﺑﺖ و ﺑﺎران در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰي ﮔﺮدد‬2-14-6
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎران ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻧﻔﻮذ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ روﭘﻮش ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺳﻔﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ از‬.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ از ﻣﻮاد دﻧﺪه ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ورود ﺑﺎران ﻳﺎ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد ﺗﺎ از آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﭘﻴﭻ‬
.‫ﻫﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﺮار دادن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﺑﺰار‬3-14-6
‫ از‬.‫ ﻣﺎده روان ﺳﺎز ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫دﻗﻴﻖ‬
.‫ﻣﺎده ﺗَﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺻﺎف ﺑﻮدن ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬4-14-6
.‫ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻗﺮار دادن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ اي ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وارد ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ دﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻏﻼف دار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬5-14-6
‫ﻛﺎر رود ﺗﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻧﻴﺮوﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
.‫ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪن و ﺻﺪﻣﻪ دﻳﺪن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺸﻮد‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
6.15 Installation of Insulated Wires and Cables
6.15.1 Cables shall be in continuous lengths
consistent with availability from manufacturers.
6.15.2 The cable manufacturer's minimum
bending radius shall be observed.
6.16 Separation of Cables
6.16.1 The following precautions are necessary to
minimize interference in signal cables.
Signal cables shall not run in the same conduit or
cable tray as power cables. The physical
separation of signal and power cables shall be not
less than distances shown below:
POWER CABLE
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺮق‬
Up to 125 V or 10 A
250 V or 50 A
440 V or 200 A
5 kV or 800 A
6.16.2 If it is intended to use the same cable
trench for power and instrument cables, the above
separation shall be obtained by positive means.
6.16.3 When a cross-over is unavoidable, the
routing shall be such that signal and power cables
cross at right angles to each other.
6.16.4 A minimum of 2 m of clearance shall be
allowed between any noise generating equipment
and a run of signal carrying cable.
6.17 Installation of Junction Boxes
6.17.1 Junction box installation shall be within
centerline of the box about 1200 mm above grade
or platform.
6.17.2 Multi pairs / cores cables shall enter
junction boxes from the bottom.
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ دار‬15-6
‫ ﻫﻢ آﻫﻨﮓ و ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬،‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬1-15-6
.‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ از ﻃﺮف ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺷﻌﺎع اﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬2-15-6
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ‬16-6
‫ در ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ در ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬،‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎطﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ‬1-16-6
.‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻻزم ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﻤﺎن ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ در ﻫﻤﺎن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﺟﺪا ﺳﺎزي ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺮق و‬.‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺮق ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
،‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از آﻧﭽﻪ در زﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
MINIMUM SPACING
‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ آﻣﭙﺮ‬10 ‫ وﻟﺖ ﻳﺎ‬125 ‫ﺗﺎ‬ 300mm
‫ آﻣﭙﺮ‬50 ‫ وﻟﺖ ﻳﺎ‬250 500mm
‫ آﻣﭙﺮ‬200 ‫ وﻟﺖ ﻳﺎ‬440 750mm
‫ آﻣﭙﺮ‬800 ‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮوﻟﺖ ﻳﺎ‬5 1500mm
‫ اﮔﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺮق و اﺑﺰار‬2-16-6
‫ ﺟﺪا ﺳﺎزي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬،‫دﻗﻴﻖ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺟﺪول ﻓﻮق ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬،‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر از ﻫﻢ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬3-16-6
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺮق و ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل در‬
.‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ‬2 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬4-16-6
.‫و ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل‬17-6
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰي ﺟﻌﺒﻪ و ﺣﺪود‬1-17-6
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1200
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ زوج ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﺎدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‬2-17-6
.‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ وارد ﺷﻮد‬
26
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
6.18 Terminations
6.18.1 Exposed sheathed wires shall be installed
in a neat and workman-like manner, straight and
true as far as possible. Where installed in groups,
the cables shall be parallel as far as practicable.
6.18.2 Where stranded wire is used the terminal
ends shall be securely twisted to assure that no
frayed ends are present to cause shorting or
grounding. Terminal lugs are to be used only
where indicated.
6.18.3 Where any confusion exists as to the
identification of wires or terminals, it shall
promptly be reported to the Construction
Superintendent for clarification; no assumptions
are to be made.
6.18.4 The use of field terminal points other than
those indicated on the instrument schematic
wiring diagrams is not permitted.
6.18.5 Where field splices are required in hot or
neutral leads, care shall be taken for proper
splicing.
6.18.6 Above ground wiring systems shall be
routed wherever possible, to provide at least 7.5
m horizontal clearance from equipment which is
designated as a source of sustained fire.
6.18.7 Above ground wiring systems routed less
than 7.5 m from such equipment shall be fire
proofed, using a covering of 50 mm of high
temperature mineral wool or calcium silicate
insulation, or equivalent, and a galvanized or
stainless steel jacket. Additionally, any junction
boxes in such areas shall be fire proofed.
6.18.8 Where a plug and socket outlet is used as
wiring connection to the instrument, the socket
must be labeled with the instrument identification
symbol. Plug and socket type shall be such that
the plug cannot be inserted with reverse polarity.
6.18.9 To prevent entrance of water, the cable
entry point into a field mounted instrument shall
be from the bottom wherever practicable. Where
top entry must be used, conduit shall have a seal
and drain fitting within 450 mm (18 inch.) of the
instrument to prevent liquid collection in the
27
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي‬18 -6
‫ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻏﻼفدار روﺑﺎز ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪاﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر‬1-18-6
،‫ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﻣﺮﺗﺐ و ﻣﺎﻫﺮاﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﻮازي ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
،‫ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻓﺸﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬2-18-6
‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫﺎي ﻓﺮﺳﻮدهاي وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ از ﺳﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺗﻨﻬﺎ در‬.‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎه و ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺑﻬﺎم در ﻣﻮرد ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬3-18-6
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ وﺟﻮد دارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮراً ﻣﻮرد ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮاي رﻓﻊ‬
.‫ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺎت در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد درﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬.‫اﺑﻬﺎم ﮔﺰارش ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از آﻧﭽﻪ‬4-18-6
‫ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻤﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺸﺎن داده‬
.‫ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ زدن ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃـﻪ در ﺳﻴﻢ‬5-18-6
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ زدن‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮق ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻻزم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ روي زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ اﻻﻣﻜﺎن‬6-18-6
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻓﻘﻲ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬7/5 ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ آﺗﺶ ﭘﺎﻳﺪار ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ از‬7/5 ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ روي زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬7-18-6
50 ‫ و ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺪ آﺗﺶ ﺑﻮده‬،‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﭘﺸﻢ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت‬
‫ و ﻏﻼف ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻻد ﺿﺪ‬،‫ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ آن داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻌﻼوه ﻫﺮ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل در اﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺪ‬.‫زﻧﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ از دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ و ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ‬8-18-6
‫ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ اﺑﺰار‬،‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﻧﻮع دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ و ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي‬.‫دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻼرﻳﺘﻪ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس را ﻧﺘﻮان وارد ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ورودي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ورود آب‬9-18-6
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن از زﻳﺮ آن‬،‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ورود ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه و داراي اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ در اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ در‬
‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( آن را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﺟﻤﻊ‬18) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬450 ‫ﺣﺪود‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
conduit from entering the instrument.
6.18.10 Thermocouple lead wire shall run from
the thermocouple to the terminal points indicated
on the drawings. No splicing shall be permitted.
6.18.11 Thermocouples will be permanently
tagged with metal-discs, with item numbers
printed in securely attached with non-corrosive
wire.
6.18.12 Shielded wire and cable shall run directly
from point to point as indicated on the drawings.
No splicing shall be permitted.
6.18.13 When extension wire is run next to fired
heaters or other heat radiating equipment, every
effort shall be made to keep wire in areas where
temperature are not excessive. If this is not
practical, wire with moisture resistant, high
temperature insulation shall be used. As soon as
lead wire is away from a hot area, a common
junction box shall be provided for splicing into
lead wire with PVC insulated wire for the
remaining distance to instrument.
6.18.14 Where instruments are local or mounted
close by on heater panels, and lead wire has to run
in a heated area that would cause damage to PVC
insulation, wire with moisture resistant and high
temperature insulation shall run continuously
from the thermocouple to local instrument.
6.18.15 Where a tower has alternate temperature
points and all are not used at a given time, a
terminal block enclosed in a weather proof fitting
shall be provided so that thermocouple leads can
be changed when necessary.
6.18.16 Initial installation shall include 20% spare
thermocouple extension and instrument signal
wires between the junction box on the control
board and the principal junction boxes in the area.
6.18.17 All conductors shall be terminated in
strict accordance with the manufacturers’
recommended methods. Particular care and
compliance with manufacturers’ instructions shall
be utilized in connection with terminating high
voltage cables.
6.18.18 Solder less crimp type cable connectors
shall be used on insulated cable sizes 6 mm2 and
28
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
.‫ﺷﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ و ورود ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫـﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘـﻞ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ از ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘـﻞ ﺗـﺎ ﻣﺤـﻞ‬10-18-6
.‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻛﻪ روي ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ وﺟﻪ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر داﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺷﻤﺎره‬11-18-6
‫ و ﺷﻤﺎره آن ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺿﺪزﻧﮓ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬،‫ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ و ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﺷﻴﻠﺪدار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اي ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬12-18-6
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ‬.‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪاي ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺎورت ﻛﻮرهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬13-18-6
‫ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ در‬،‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻊ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ رود‬
‫ اﮔﺮ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ در دﻣﺎي زﻳﺎد ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ از ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺿﺪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ و ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬،‫اﻣﻜﺎن وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺮد اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ از‬.‫ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ دور ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ زدن ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻘﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﺎ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﻮده ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ‬14-18-6
‫ و ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ‬،‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻛﻮره ﻫﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﺸﻴﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺪاوم‬،‫ از ﺳﻴﻢ ﺿﺪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ و ﻋﺎﻳﻖ دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫از ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﻲ داراي ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب دﻣﺎ اﺳﺖ و‬15-18-6
‫ از ﻳﻚ ﺑﻠﻮك‬،‫از ﻫﻤﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺎط در ﻳﻚ زﻣﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﻮا اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ را در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪاي‬20 ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬16-18-6
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ و ﺳﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
.‫در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﺻﻠﻲ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻫﺎدي ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس روش ﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي‬17-18-6
‫ دﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ و ﻫﻤﺮاﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮرات‬.‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ‬
.‫ﻗﻮي در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺪون ﻟﺤﻴﻢ‬18-18-6
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ وﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‬6 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖدار اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎي‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
smaller.
6.18.19 Solder less crimp type spade wire
connectors shall be used on low voltage signal
wiring 1.5 mm2 and smaller.
6.18.20 Numbered or lettered wire markers shall
be installed on control and instrument leads and
thermocouple cables at all terminal points.
Identification shall be in accordance with
applicable job drawings (see clouse 6.13
Numbering and Identification).
6.18.21 Manufacturers’ instructions or
recommendations for installing, splicing wire or
cable, splicing materials, wiring accessories or
other wiring materials shall be adhered to.
Insulating paint shall be used over the insulation
of all taps, splices and terminations exposed to the
weather, if applicable.
6.18.22 Cutting wire or cable to required lengths
as it comes off a reel requires a location free from
sharp objects. The jacket and insulation thickness
of many instrument cables are much thinner than
power cables, and greater protection against
damage is necessary. A paved area is usually ideal
but, if not available, a grassy or sandy area is
adequate.
Crushed stone, muddy, and shelled areas should
be avoided. Where traffic must cross wire as it is
laid on the ground, temporary board ramps should
be provided to keep vehicles from damaging the
wire. Additionally, these ramps will reduce the
tripping hazard to personnel which can result in
serious injury.
6.18.23 Excess length should be allowed for
pulling in. Later this excess length will be
discarded, but the amount must be carefully
considered. A reel of 1,500 meters long wire may
be used to make 15 No. ninety-meter runs. If 10-
meters cutting allowances are used, and included
in the 15 one hundred meters lengths cut, the reel
will be adequate in length. If more than 10 meters
are allowed, the reel will not be adequate and
additional wire will have to be secured.
6.18.24 A cable end preparation should
accomplish the following:
29
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺪون ﻟﺤﻴﻢ از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮﺳﻲ‬19-18-6
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬1/5 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
.‫و ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ داراي ﺷﻤﺎره ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ روي‬20-18-6
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬،‫آﻧﻬﺎ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ در ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﺎط ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري‬13-6 ‫ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻛﺎري ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(‫و ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ‬21-18-6
‫ ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ‬،‫ اﺟﻨﺎس ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ زدن‬،‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ زدن ﺳﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ در‬.‫ﻛﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺟﻨﺎس ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎ و‬،‫ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم رﻧﮓ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ اﻧﺸﻌﺎﺑﺎت‬
.‫ زده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺠﺎورت ﻫﻮاي آزاد ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬، ‫ ﺑﺮش ﺳﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﻮل ﻻزم‬22-18-6
‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺪون اﺷﻴﺎء‬،‫ﺣﺎل ﺟﺪاﺷﺪن از ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻏﻼف و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ اﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار‬.‫ﺗﻴﺰ و ﺑﺮﻧﺪه دارد‬
‫دﻗﻴﻖ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺮق ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﻔﺮوش و ﺻﺎف‬.‫از ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺧﻮردن اﺣﺘﻴﺎج دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬،‫ اﻣﺎ اﮔﺮ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً اﻳﺪه آل اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺷﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻒ دار ﻛﺎﻓﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﮔﻠﻲ و ﺳﻨﮕﻼخ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب‬،‫از ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺧَﺮد ﺷﺪه‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮاﻓﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از روي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه‬.‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ از ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﺷﺪه زﻣﻴﻨﻲ رد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻧﺰدن ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﮔﺮدﻫﺎ در ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺧﻄﺮات‬،‫ ﺑﻌﻼوه‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺗﻌﺎدل ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻞ و ﺻﺪﻣﺎت ﺟﺪي ﺑﻪ آﻧﺎن ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻃﻮل اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﺳﻴﻢ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬23-18-6
‫ اﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪار‬،‫ ﺑﻌﺪاً اﻳﻦ ﻃﻮل اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ دور رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮل‬.‫آن را ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ داﺷﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬90 ‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬15 ‫ ﻣﺘﺮي را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺮاي‬1500
‫ ﻣﺘﺮي در‬100 ‫ ﻃﻮل‬15 ‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮش‬10 ‫ اﮔﺮ از‬.‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬.‫ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺳﻴﻢ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻃﻮل ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬،‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد و‬،‫ ﻣﺘﺮ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬10 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻢ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ‬24-18-6
:‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
1) Terminate jackets and shield material
without nicking insulation underneath.
2) If no pair jacket is used, and pairs are
individually shielded, then insulating tape or
sleeving should be applied to exposed
shielding in order to protect accidental grounds
and hold any spiral wrapped shielding material
in place without unraveling.
3) Shields should be stripped back a minimum
distance from the ends of the wires. A
maximum of 25 mm is recommended.
4) Ground drain wires should be insulated
against accidental grounds.
5) Tagging should identify cable, pair, and
service.
6) All cable ends should be protected against
moisture entry prior to connecting the cable to
its permanent terminations.
6.18.25 Stripping insulation from wire should be
done without nicking the conductor. Such nicks
result in stress concentration which can cause
failure while bending the wire during installation,
repair, or normal vibration. Although this is of
greater importance with solid wire than with
stranded wire, it is also a matter of concern with
stranded wire. The simplest way of avoiding
nicks is to use commercially available stripping
tools of proper design.
6.18.26 Terminal screws should be torqued
adequately to get good contact with the wire
inserted under the screw.
6.18.27 On tubular screw terminals and wire
smaller than 2 mm2, it is recommended to
doubling back the wire under the screw to assure
good connections.
6.18.28 Proper compression of the terminal
screws is necessary to prevent products subject to
corrosion from later causing poor continuity,
galvanic, or rectification action.
6.18.29 Spade lugs should be used to terminate
wire ends where screw terminals are used,
especially for 1.5 mm2 and smaller if solid, and
30
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫( ﺷﻴﻠﺪ و ﻏﻼف ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺪون ﭼﺎك دادن ﻋﺎﻳﻖ زﻳﺮﻳﻦ‬1
.‫ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ و زوج ﻫﺎي اﻧﻔﺮادي‬،‫( اﮔﺮ از زوج ﻏﻼف اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﺪه‬2
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻮار ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﻮش‬،‫ﺷﻴﻠﺪدار ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﺴﻤﺖ روﺑﺎز ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻴﻠﺪدار ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ‬
‫از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﮔﺮدد و ﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭽﻲ را ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ دور ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺪون از ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎز‬
.‫ﻛﺮدن ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫( ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺮﻧﻮع اﺗﺼﺎل‬3
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬25 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬.‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫( ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻟﺨﺖ‬4
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ زوج و ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ آن را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬،‫( ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬5
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ورود رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬6
.‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻫﺎي داﺋﻤﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﺨﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون ﭼﺎك ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ‬25-18-6
‫ اﻳﻦ ﭼﺎك ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬.‫ﻫﺎدي اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
،‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮدن در زﻣﺎن ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ ﮔﺮﭼﻪ اﻳﻦ از اﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬.‫ ﺑﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
،‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻓﺸﺎن اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺳﺎده ﺗﺮﻳﻦ راه‬.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻓﺸﺎن ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﺑﺰار ﺗﺠﺎري ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬،‫اﻫﺘﺮاز از ﭼﺎك ﺧﻮردن ﺳﻴﻢ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﭼﺎك دادن و اﺑﺰار ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﮔﺸﺘﺎور‬26-18-6
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﻮﺑﻲ را ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ زﻳﺮﭘﻴﭻ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺳﻮزﻧﻲ و‬27-18-6
‫ از دوﺑﻠﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻢ در‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬2 ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از‬
.‫زﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﻮب اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از زﻧﮓ زدﮔﻲ و ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺷﺪن‬28-18-6
‫ ﺳﺮﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه و ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎل‬
.‫ﺳﻔﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﻠﭽﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي‬29-18-6
ً‫ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎ‬،‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ و ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﻟﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬1/5 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
for all sizes of stranded wire.
6.18.30 All wires or leads connected to terminals
should have sufficient slack to reduce the effects
of vibration.
6.18.31 In applications where multiple wires are
routed from a common cable trunk to equally
spaced terminals, the vibration bends should be
uniform in length to prevent stress on any one
wire.
6.18.32 Proper cable support is necessary to avoid
having cable weight supported from wire
terminations.
6.18.33 Support bars and tie downs in junction
boxes should be incorporated, for the weight
support if applicable.
6.19 Installing Cable Trays
6.19.1 Trays shall be punched bottom type with
high sides.
6.19.2 Cable tray and tray support materials,
when assembled and mounted, shall support
workmen and equipment, as required, in addition
to the full cable load, without permanent
deformation, and a maximum of 20 mm
deflection.
6.19.3 Tray fittings, such as branches, reducers,
flat elbows, tees and crosses, shall be used for
changes in direction and elevation. The
dimensions of tray fittings shall provide ample
bending radii for the cables contained in trays at
all changes in tray direction.
6.19.4 Tray shall be carefully aligned and leveled
plumb and true. Tray sections and fittings shall be
assembled on their supports and joined together,
using manufacturers’ standard connector units,
properly aligned, and secured.
6.19.5 Steel angles, trapeze hangers, channels,
bolting and miscellaneous materials required for
the support of trays from the building structure,
shall be supplied and installed. Additional
supports as required shall be provided for
individual cables where the cables leave trays
before reaching their final terminations.
31
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
.‫و ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي اﻓﺸﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎدي ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ وﺻﻞ‬30-18-6
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻫﺶ اﺛﺮات ارﺗﻌﺎش ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ آزاد‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد زﻳﺎدي ﺳﻴﻢ از ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻳﻚ‬31-18-6
‫ اﻧﺤﻨﺎﻫﺎي ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﻲ‬،‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﻮل ﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﻓﺸﺎر روي ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ‬
.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬32-18-6
.‫ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬،‫وزن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎي‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم‬33-18-6
‫داﺧﻞ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري وزن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬19 -6
‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از زﻳﺮ ﺳﻮراخ ﺷﺪه و دﻳﻮاره ﺑﻠﻨﺪ داﺷﺘﻪ‬1-19-6
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ‬،‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ‬2-19-6
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ وزن ﻛﺎرﮔﺮان و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات را‬،‫از ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن و ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ ﺑﺪون ﻛﺞ ﺷﺪن داﺋﻤﻲ و‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻟﺰوم و ﺑﻌﻼوه وزن ﻛﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﺠﻲ را ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬20 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه‬،‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ اﻧﺸﻌﺎب‬،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬3-19-6
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات ﻣﺴﻴﺮ و‬،‫ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺳﻪ راﻫﻪ ﻫﺎ‬،‫زاﻧﻮﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﺖ‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن‬.‫ارﺗﻔﺎع اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻌﺎعﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﻓﻲ اﻧﺤﻨﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي داﺧﻞ آن ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ و‬
.‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮي را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ و‬.‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ ﺗﺮاز و ﻫﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬4-19-6
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺟﻔﺖ و ﺑﻪ‬
،‫ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه و ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﺮاز و ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎهﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬،‫ زاوﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي‬5-19-6
‫ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ و اﺟﻨﺎس ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ در ﺳﺎزه‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ‬،‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي اﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬،‫از ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺟﺪاﺷﺪه ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي آﻧﻬﺎ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
6.19.6 Where field cut and fit galvanized tray is
needed, the sub-contractor shall remove all rough
edges and burrs and touch up bare metal surfaces
with primer followed by aluminum paint.
6.19.7 To repair damage to the polyvinyl chloride
coating, and where it is necessary to field cut and
fit polyvinyl chloride coated tray, the sub-
contractor shall remove all rough edges and burrs
and shall apply PVC protective coating or epoxy
paint in accordance with the tray manufacturersُ
detailed procedures and recommendations.
6.19.8 Polyvinyl chloride coated trays and fittings
shall be furnished where the splice plate or
connection device area not coated, in order to
assure metal to metal contact and assure earth
continuity. The splice or connection device and
adjacent uncoated area shall be restored in the
same manner as described for field cut and fit
procedures.
6.19.9 The polyvinyl chloride coated tray system
is to be connected to the grounding system. To
accomplish this, the polyvinyl chloride coating
shall be removed on the side channel, a hole shall
be drilled and an earthing connector attached by
means of a round head machine screw, lock
washer, and nuts, the head of the machine screw
being on the inside of the tray. The adjacent
disturbed area shall be restored in the same
manner as described for field cut and fit
procedures.
6.19.10 Long runs of cable shall be fixed to
suitable cable trays or otherwise supported
throughout its length. The cable shall be
mechanically supported up to the point of entry to
the equipment in which it is being terminated,
except that flexible leads may be unsupported for
the last 600 mm.
6.19.11 Cable trays and trunking can be made of
conducting or non-conducting materials. The
latter is preferred. Metal cable trays should
preferably be plastics coated.
6.19.12 Interconnecting wires between the panel
mounted instruments and the field mounted
transmitters and control valve transducers shall be
installed in wiring trays.
32
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه‬6-19-6
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤــــﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﻮﻃــﻪ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻧﺪه و ﭘﻠﻴﺴﻪ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻠﺰي ﻟﺨﺖ را ﺑﺎ‬
.‫آﺳﺘﺮ و ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ رﻧﮓ آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮم ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺿﺎﻳﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ و ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ‬7-19-6
‫ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮش و ﮔﺬاردن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻲ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻧﺪه و‬،‫وي ﺳﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻴﺴﻪﻫﺎ را ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ ﻳﺎ رﻧﮓ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت روش و ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬8-19-6
،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از‬.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﻧﺸﺪه‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬.‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ و اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل و ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﻧﺸﺪه ﻣﺠﺎور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎن ﻧﺤﻮ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮش و ﺟﺎﮔﺬاري در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎل‬
.‫اول ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺑــﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬9-19-6
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺠﺎم اﻳﻦ اﻣﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻲ وي‬.‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻮراﺧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﻪ‬،‫ﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮف ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ واﺷﺮ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ‬،‫ و اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﮔِﺮد‬،‫ﻧﻤﻮده‬
.‫ ﺳﺮِ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در داﺧﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫و ﻣﻬﺮه ﺑﻪ آن وﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺮاب ﺷﺪه ﻣﺠﺎور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎن ﻧﺤﻮي ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺮش و‬
.‫ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اول ﺑﺎزﮔﺮدد‬،‫روﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪاي ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮل زﻳﺎد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬10-19-6
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ در ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ورود ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺘﻢ‬
‫ ﺑﺠﺰ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻛﻪ‬.‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه اﺣﺘﻴﺎج‬600 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮاي آﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ از‬11-19-6
.‫ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎدي ارﺟﺤﻴﺖ دارد‬.‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﻫﺎدي ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎدي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روﻛﺶ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻴﻦ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ در‬12-19-6
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎ و ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﻞ و ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﺷﻴﺮ‬
.‫ ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1)

6.19.13 Thermocouple wires may be installed in
the same trays with input or output signal wires
for electronic instruments. No other wiring may
be installed in these trays.
6.19.14 Separate trays or conduit may also be
used to support thermocouple wiring.
6.19.15 Instrument cables shall be located at a
sufficient distance from any hot surface to avoid
damage.
6.19.16 In control rooms runs from the junction
boxes terminating multi-core cables to individual
instruments should be in non-metallic troughs
with protective covers.
6.19.17 For more details refer to Figs. 6 & 7 in
this standard.
‫ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي‬13-19-6
‫ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬.‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ در ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار داد‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻢ دﻳﮕﺮي را ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮان در اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺮار داد‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ را ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬14-19-6
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬15-19-6
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ از ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻗﺮار‬،‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻄﻮح داغ‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ در اﻃﺎق ﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ از ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﺎ‬16-19-6
،‫ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﺑﻪ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﻜﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰي و روﻛﺶ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ‬7 ‫ و‬6 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي‬17-19-6
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬

TABLE 4 - TYPICAL CABLE APPLICATIONS

‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬-4 ‫ﺟﺪول‬

SINGLE CABLE BRAIDED SCREEN OR SINGLE INDIVIDUAL

CONSTRUCTION ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻜﻲ‬ WIRE ARMOUR SCREENED PAIRS
AREA AND OVERALL
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬ ‫ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬ BRAID OR SWA
UNSCREENED
‫زرهدار‬
‫ﺑﺪون ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
MULTICORE OVERALL BRAIDED SCREEN ‫زوجﻫﺎي ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
CABLE OR SINGLE WIRE ARMOUR ‫ﺗﻜﻲ و ﻏﻼف ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪاي‬ ‫ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه ﻛﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼف‬ SWA ‫ﻛﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ زرهدار‬
1. High level signals to indicators and 2. High level signals to controllers trip 3. All signals to
Safe area recorders alarm contacts, solenoid systems low level signals to indicators computers low level
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ اﻳﻤﻦ‬ valves, controller outputs to convertors signal to controllers,
and recorders.
& valve positioner, analyzer and converters and trip
instrument sequencing signals. Amplifiers.

‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و‬-1

،‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖﻫﺎي ﻫﺸﺪار ﺛﺒﺎتﻫﺎ‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي‬-2 ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ ﺑـــﻪ‬-3
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮلﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎ و‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ‬،‫ﺗﻮﻗﻔﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬ ‫راﻳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﻟﺘﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ آﻧﺎﻻﻳﺰرﻫﺎ و ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي‬،‫ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺮ‬positioner .‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﺛﺒﺎت ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎ و‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ دﻫﻲ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬ .‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
I.S. service 4. Not recommended 5. All high level signals as listed and 6. Low level signals
Zone 2 area Non-I.S. service. - Not permitted. low level signals to indicators & to controllers and trip
2 ‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬ recorders for I.S. and Non-I.S. systems
services.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه‬-5 ‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬-6
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬــﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه‬-4 ‫و ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮلﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ و ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
ً‫ﺳـﺮوﻳﺴﻬــﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎ‬ ‫ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬- ً‫ﺛﺒﺎت ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ و ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫اﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫اﻳﻤﻦ‬
I.S. service 7. Not permitted 8. All high level signals as listed 9. All Signals as listed
Zone 1 area Non-I.S. service - Not permitted above, for Non-I.S.services only above for I.S. services
under 1. &2.
1 ‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴــﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻪ درﺑﺎﻻ‬-8 ‫ ﻛﻠﻴـــﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬــﺎي‬-9
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬-7 ‫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ‬،‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﻏﻴﺮذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬- 2 ‫ و‬1 ‫ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬

33
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
6.20 Wire Testing
6.20.1 For fieldbus application related test such as
noise jitter and unbalance check should be
considered.
6.20.2 For analog instruments, testing of wire is
necessary after installation to verify freedom from
grounds.
6.20.3 Where "meggers" are used, care should be
exercised not to use a voltage in excess of the
insulation’s rated voltage, since some meggers
have much higher test voltages, in the order of 5
kV.
6.20.4 During testing, all instruments should be
disconnected to avoid damage to the instruments.
6.20.5 Wire to wire and wire to ground resistance
should normally exceed 100 mega ohms.
6.20.6 The shield for drain wire should be tested
for accidental shorts or grounds and treated as just
another conductor requiring high resistance to
ground.
6.20.7 All instrument electrical wiring shall be
checked for continuity.
6.20.8 For more details refer to IPS-I-IN-100
"Inspection Standard for General instruments
system".
7. TRENCHES, TRUNKS AND CONDUITS
7.1 Routing
The shortest possible routing shall be selected,
taking into account the aspects mentioned below.
7.2 Trenches
7.2.1 The trenches shall be kept away from those
for electric cables for power and illumination, and
wherever possible, shall not run in parallel with
them at a distance of less than 600 mm (according
to 6.16.1).
7.2.2 At crossing of trenches for signal cables
with those for electric power cables, the
separation between the highest cable in the lowest
trench and the lowest cable in the highest trench
shall be at least 300mm.
34
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ‬20-6
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬1-20-6
‫( و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻌﺎدل‬noise jitter) ،‫ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪاري ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻧﻮﻳﺰ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ادوات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ از ﻧﻮع آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ‬2-20-6
‫ ﻻزم‬،‫ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ آزاد ﺑﻮدن آﻧﻬﺎ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺼﺐ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ از دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬3-20-6
‫ دﻗﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ از وﻟﺘﺎژي ﺑﺎﻻي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﭼﻮن ﺑﻌﻀﻲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﻮد‬
.‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ وﻟﺖ ﻫﻢ دارﻧﺪ‬5 ‫وﻟﺘﺎژﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از ردﻳﻒ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ در ﻣﺪت آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬4-20-6
.‫آﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ و ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬5-20-6
.‫ ﻣﮕﺎ اﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬100 ‫ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ ﻏﻼف ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ‬6-20-6
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪه و آن را ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻫﺎدي دﻳﮕﺮ‬،‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ زﻳﺎد ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ در ﻧﻈﺮ داﺷﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲﻫﺎي اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬7-20-6
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬IPS-I-IN-100 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ‬8-20-6
.‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ادوات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ" ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ و ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬-7
‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬1-7
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎ درﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺟﻨﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه‬
.‫در زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬2-7
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﺪرت و‬1-2-7
‫ و ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻮازات ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬،‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ دورﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺑﻨﺪ‬600 ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
.(1-16-6
،‫ در ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل و ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺮق‬2-2-7
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬300 ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ در ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
7.2.3 Trenches shall be kept away from buried
pipes containing hot fluids and from pipes liable
to temperature rise due to steaming-out.
7.2.4 It is of paramount importance to avoid
deterioration of signal lines due to ingress of
solvents, acids, etc., in the trenches. Where
possible the trenches shall be kept above ground-
water level.
7.2.5 The signal lines shall be at such a depth that
they are not damaged by traffic passing over
them.
7.2.6 Where trenches are made in soft soil, signal
lines shall be laid with sufficient slack (especially
at riser points) to prevent stresses.
7.2.7 Signal lines shall be laid on, and be covered
with sand, on top of which tiles shall be laid for
mechanical protection.
7.2.8 The location of trenches shall be clearly
marked and no excavation shall be allowed
without permission given by instrument
department.
7.3 Trunking and Conduits
7.3.1 Connections to vibrating or movable
equipment shall be by means of flexible metallic
conduit.
7.3.2 The trunking shall not obstruct traffic, nor
interfere with accessibility or removal of process
equipment (pumps, motors, heat exchanger
bundles). The layout of the trunking shall be such
that only the instruments in the immediate vicinity
will be disengaged, if a plant fire damages the
signal lines.
7.3.3 Trunking shall be routed away from hot
environments; places with potential fire risks such
as hydrocarbon process pumps, burner fronts of
furnaces and boilers, or where subject to
mechanical abuse, spilled liquids, escaping vapors
and corrosive gases.
7.3.4 In particular, trunking for electric signal
lines shall be routed away from high voltage
cables, overhead power lines, and switched
circuits of any voltage.
35
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬،‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺪﻓﻮن ﺣﺎوي ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت داغ‬3-2-7
،‫ﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ازدﻳﺎد دﻣﺎ در آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺧﺮوج ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دور ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮي از ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ از‬4-2-7
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ‬.‫ اﺳﻴﺪ و ﻏﻴﺮه در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬،‫ورود ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎ‬
.‫اﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻄﺢ آب در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﭼﻨﺎن ﻋﻤﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮدد‬5-2-7
.‫ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‬،‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ از روي آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ در ﺧﺎك ﻧﺮم ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬6-2-7
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آزاد ﺑﻮدن ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ از‬،‫اﻧﺪ‬
.(‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ )ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎً در ﻧﻘﺎط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺧﺎك ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه و ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬7-2-7
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و روي آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
.‫آﺟﺮ ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر وﺿﻮح ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه‬8-2-7
.‫و ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮع ﺣﻔﺎري ﺑﺪون اﺟﺎزه اداره اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺸﻲ و ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻛﺸﻲ‬3-7
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در ﺣﺎل ارﺗﻌﺎش ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮداﺷﺖ‬1-3-7
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻓﻠﺰي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ رﻓﺖ و آﻣﺪ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ‬2-3-7
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬،‫ ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي)ﭘﻤﭗ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ‬.‫ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ( ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﺻﻮرت ﺑﺮوز آﺗﺶ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ادوات‬
.‫اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺠﺎوراز ﻛﺎر اﻓﺘﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ داغ و ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ‬3-3-7
،‫ﺧﻄﺮ آﺗﺶ وﺟﻮد دارد ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻤﭙﻬﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻌﻞﻫﺎي ﻛﻮرهﻫﺎ و دﻳﮕﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺎرﻫﺎي ﻓﺮٌار و‬،‫ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬،‫ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ دور ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬، ‫ﮔﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي‬4-3-7
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻗﻮي و ﺧﻄﻮط ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ ﺑﺮق و‬
.‫ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻛﻠﻴﺪ زﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ وﻟﺘﺎژي ﺑﻪ دور ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
7.3.5 Trunking shall be safely and easily
accessible for maintenance purposes.
7.3.6 To avoid unnecessary bends, space for
trunking shall be reserved in plant structure, pipe
tracks, etc., in an early engineering stage.
7.3.7 Trunking shall continue after the last
multicore cable has been terminated for
accommodating the individual signal lines. The
trunking may end only when the quantity of
individual tubes is 3 (or less) or the quantity of
signal lines is less than what can be
accommodated in a 25 mm conduit.
7.3.8 For typical layout of trunking, refer to Figs.
2, 3 & 4.
7.3.9 The conduits shall never be supported from
process piping.
7.3.10 Provision shall be made for thermal
expansion or movement of supports and swaying
of towers in high winds.
7.3.11 All conduits shall be fastened with pipe
clamps or U-bolts, and shall not be tack welded.
Substantial steel hangers shall be provided for
groups of conduits where it is not practicable to
clamp directly into building walls or structural
members.
7.3.12 Where fire damage is possible, adequate
flame barriers shall be provided. For
thermocouple wires and other low current signal
wires, jacketing may be considered.
7.3.13 When conduits are sealed at both ends,
appropriate vents shall be provided between the
seals.
7.3.14 Thermocouple extension wires may run in
conduits or by means of multicore compensating
cables of appropriate metal. If the wire is run in
conduit, vapor proof fitting shall be used. A loop
of flexible conduit shall be used, when attaching
conduit to thermocouple heads.
36
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر اﻳﻤﻦ و ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ و ﺑﻪ‬5-3-7
.‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬
‫ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻧﺎل‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺘﻨﺎب از ﺧﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﻻزم‬6-3-7
‫ وﻏﻴﺮه در ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ‬،‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ در ﺳﺎزه ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ‬
.‫اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ از آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨـﺪ رﺷﺘﻪاي‬7-3-7
‫ در‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اداﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎدادن ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺗﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺳﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺗﻜﻲ )ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ( و ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬25 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬،‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي‬8-3-7
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4 ‫ و‬3 ،2
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬9-3-7
.‫ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎ و ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬10-3-7
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻻزم‬،‫ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺎدﻫﺎي ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
-‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ‬11-3-7
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪه و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺧﺎل ﺟﻮش‬U ‫ﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮوه ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻴﺮه زدن‬.‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮارﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﻳـــﺎ اﻋﻀﺎء ﺳﺎزه ﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ‬
.‫ آوﻳﺰه ﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
،‫ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺻﺪﻣﻪ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ آﺗﺶ وﺟﻮد دارد‬12-3-7
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
.‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻼف ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖﻫﺎ در ﻫﺮ دو اﻧﺘﻬﺎ آبﺑﻨﺪي‬13-3-7
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻴﻦ آبﺑﻨﺪيﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬،‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪاي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در‬14-3-7
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ در ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‬.‫ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬.‫ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺿﺪ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬،‫اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻳﻚ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬
.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
7.3.15 The conduits shall be adequately sealed off
to isolate the flexible conduit entrances and the
conduit entrances to the control rooms. Seals shall
also be provided where conduit enters field
instruments.
7.4 Construction Details
7.4.1 Trenches
1) In paved areas between control center and
processing areas, trenches may be excavated
from the plain earth.
2) In plant floors and other areas with
reinforced concrete surfaces, the trenches shall
be fabricated to support ends of floor walls.
3) The depth of the trenches shall be
compatible with the quantity of signal lines
and required height of fill-back.
Where large quantities of signal lines cross or
branch-off trench depth shall be increased
locally. Trench bottoms shall have a maximum
slope of 10 degrees; transition to horizontal
surfaces shall have smooth curvature.
4) Width of trenches shall depend on quantity
of cables to be accommodated, and the corners
shall be compatible with bending radius of
armoured cables.
5) After cables have been laid, trenches shall
be filled with sand, cable covers (concrete slab
or breaks) and soil. Trenches in plant floors,
etc., shall be covered with a layer of concrete
to prevent ingress of liquids into the trenches.
6) At each riser point, trenches shall be
provided with a concrete adaptor for
connecting the above ground trunking.
Wherever possible, these adaptors shall be an
integral part of the plant floor.
Where riser points are liable to damage by
traffic, they shall be protected by free-standing
and sturdy mechanical structures.
7.4.2 Trunking
1) The trunking shall be firmly supported;
wherever possible the supports shall be
37
IPS-C-IN-190(1)
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه‬15-3-7
‫ ﺗﺎ ورودي ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف و ورودي ﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل را ﻣﺠﺰا ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ از آب‬،‫ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ادوات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ وارد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬4-7
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬1-4-7
‫( در ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬1
‫ ﺣﻔﺎري‬،‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ از زﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫( در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت و ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﻮح‬2
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻦ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي‬،‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫دﻳﻮارﻫﺎي ﻛﻒ زﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫( ﻋﻤﻖ و ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺧﻄﻮط‬3
‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد زﻳﺎدي از ﺧﻄﻮط‬.‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬،‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻋﺒﻮر ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺸﻌﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﻣﺤﻞ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ درﺟﻪاي داﺷﺘﻪ و در ﻋﺒﻮر ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬10‫ﺷﻴﺐ‬
.‫اﻧﺤﻨﺎي ﺗﻨﺪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫( ﻋﺮض ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ در آن‬4
‫ و زواﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﺎع اﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي زرهدار ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر‬،‫دارد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
،‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه‬،‫( ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﻴﺪن ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‬5
‫ﺑﻠﻮك ﮔﺬاري )آﺟﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ( و ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎك‬
،‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ‬.‫ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎي داﺧﻞ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻫﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬،‫( در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي‬6
.‫ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ روي زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن اﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﺻﻠﻲ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزه ﻫﺎي‬،‫ﻋﺒﻮر و ﻣﺮور آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻧﻤﻮد‬،‫ﻣﻘﺎوم ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و اﻳﺴﺘﺎده‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ‬2-4-7
‫ در‬.‫( ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1
 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ ‪Mar. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫‪arranged in such a way that cables can be‬‬
‫‪laid sideways into the trunking instead of‬‬
‫‪pulling them through consecutive holes.‬‬
‫‪2) To prevent stresses on cables, they shall be‬‬
‫‪suitably fixed in the trunking, especially in‬‬
‫‪vertical trunking.‬‬
‫‪3) Based on an average cable diameter of‬‬
‫‪approx. 25 mm, the following table 5 gives the‬‬
‫‪number of cables to be accommodated in each‬‬
‫‪standard size of trunking, leaving space for‬‬
‫رﺳﺎﻧﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد را اراﺋﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ در آن ﻓﻀﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫‪individual signal lines, possible future‬‬
‫‪extensions.‬‬
‫)‪IPS-C-IN-190(1‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن دارد ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻲ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ را ﺑﺘﻮان در ﻛﻨﺎره ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي ﻛﺸﻴﺪن آﻧﻬﺎ از ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻓﺸﺎر روي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎً در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ 25‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪول‬
‫‪ 5‬زﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ در ﻫﺮ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﺗﻚ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻲ و ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﺪي در ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪TABLE 5- NUMBER OF MULTICORE CABLES IN TRUNCKING WITH SPARE SPACE‬‬

‫ﺟﺪول ‪ -5‬ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻀﺎي اﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬

‫)‪CHANNEL WIDTH (mm‬‬

‫ﭘﻬﻨﺎي ﻛﺎﻧﺎل )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪200‬‬ ‫‪250 300‬‬

‫)‪CHANNEL HEIGHT (mm‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100 100‬‬

‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻛﺎﻧﺎل )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬

‫‪NUMBER OF MULTICORE CABLES‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي‬

‫‪8. FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTS‬‬ ‫‪ -8‬ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬

‫‪Refer to IPS-I-IN-100(1) "Inspection Standard for‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪" IPS-I-IN-100‬اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫"‪General Instrument Systems‬‬
‫ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد"‬

‫‪38‬‬
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1)

FIGURES
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎ‬
Thermo couple tip free from earth
(e.g. metal sheathed mineral insulated T.C.) 1

Thermo couple head with 3 rd terminal 2

(for screen)

Signal cable
(Signal wires twisted) 3

Junction box in plant 4

Bus bar (for screens) 5

Terminal blocks
(for signal wires) 6

Multicore cable
(Signal wires twisted 7
in pairs or quads)
14 Screening (with insulation) 8
Safety barriers
Terminal Blocks 9

System earth Junction box

in control room 10
13

12 11
Instrument without Instrument with
applicable certificate applicable certificate
for intrinsic safety for intrinsic safety

1- ‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬

(‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻛﺸﻲ) ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬ -8 :‫ ﻛـﻪ از اﺗـﺼﺎل ﺑـﻪ زﻣـﻴﻦ آزاد اﺳـﺖ )ﻣﺜـﺎل‬،‫ ﻧﻮك ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬-1
‫ﺑﻠﻮك ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬ -9 (‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻓﻠﺰي‬
‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل در اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬ -10 (‫ﺳﺮ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل)ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬ -2
‫اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﺑﺮاي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬ -11 (‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل)ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه‬ -3
‫ادوات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﺑﺮاي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬ -12 ‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬ -4
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬ -13 (‫ﺷﻴﻨﻪ)ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻫﺎ‬ -5
‫ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬ -14 (‫ﺑﻠﻮك ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل) ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬ -6
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي )ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه دوﺗـﺎﻳﻲ و‬ -7
( ‫ﭼﻬﺎر ﺗﺎﺋﻲ‬
Fig. 1- SCREENING OF INSTRUMENT SIGNAL CABLES
‫ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬-1 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

39
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1)

6 3 T.C.
ext. cables
1
Copper tube
3 2
PLANT 1
Jun
2 T.C ction PLATFORMS
.e b
xt. ox f
cab or
4 les

l
nd leve
Grou
5

2- ‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬

‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪاي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬-3 ‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﺴﻲ‬-2 ‫ ﺳﻜﻮي ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬-1

‫ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ‬-5 ‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪاي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬-4

Fig. 2- TYPICAL INSTALLATION OF INSTRUMENTATION CABLES IN THE PROCESSING AREA

‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬-2 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

40
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1)

1 Drill or punch holes 15 mm

Compression type couplings
6
Trunking
(Cable channel) Tie with
7 2 soft copper strip
1 in. Air supply line
1/2 in. Air supply
(Close to cable channels 3
but clear of sides) 8
2 in. Main air supply line
Copper tube PVC sheathed
10 9 to instrument
7 Core copper tube cable
11 4
Reducer 1/2 in. 1/4 in.
Place extra valve 1/4 in.

Instrument
Sheet steel adaptor 18
12
Compression type connectors if necessary
(Only when pvc tubes are used 13 Air filter and reducer
for underground service and 17 5
copper tubes above ground)
Concrete adaptor
14
Ground level
15 DETAIL OF TERMINATION OF
19
MULTICORE PNEUMATIC CABLES
7 Core pneumatic cable(s)
(Allow approx. 2m slack)
16

3 -‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬

1 1 1
‫اﻳﻨﭻ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ دﻫﻨﺪه‬-4 ‫اﻳﻨﭻ‬ ‫ ﻫﻮاي ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬-3 ‫ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮارﻣﺲ ﻧﺮم‬-2 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬15 ‫ ﻣﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮراخ‬-1
4 2 2
1
(‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺑﻨﺪي )ﻛﺎﻧﺎلﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬-7 ‫ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻓﺸﺎري‬- 6 .‫اﻳﻨﭻ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﮕﺬارﻳﺪ‬ ‫ ﺷﻴﺮ‬-5
4
(‫ اﻳﻨﭻ ) ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺎلﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وﻟﻲ از اﻃﺮاف آزاد‬1 ‫ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬-8
‫ رﺷﺘﻪ‬7‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﺴﻲ‬-11 ‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬2 ‫ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻫﻮا‬-10 ‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻼف ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬-9
(‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﻮع ﻓﺸﺎري)ﻓﻘﻂ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي زﻳﺮ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﺮاي رو زﻣﻴﻨﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬-13 ‫ﻣﺒﺪل ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬-12
(‫ ﻣﺘﺮ آزاد در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬2 ً‫ ﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ)ﺑﺎدي( )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬7 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎي‬-16 ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ‬-15 ‫ﻣﺒﺪﻟﺒﺘﻨﻲ‬-14
(‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ)ﺑﺎدي‬-19 ‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬-18 ‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮا و ﻛﺎﻫﺶ دﻫﻨﺪه‬-17

Fig. 3-TYPICAL INSTALLATION OF INSTRUMENTATION CABLES IN THE PROCESSING AREA

‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬-3 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

41
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1)

Inspection elbow 1 in
Trunking 1
(Cable channel)
13 1 in. smooth bare
flanged coupling
3

Multicore cable Two wire ext. cable

10
4
1 in. conduit for
1 or 2 cables Inspection tee 1 in.
2
5

Inspection elbows 1 in

Junction box 1
With terminal block(s) 9
at approx. 1500 mm above floor 6 1 in. socket
and reducer
Steel sheet adoptor
7 Connector
11
8 Flex. conduit

concrete adoptor
12 15 DETAIL OF TERMINATION OF
MULTICORE THERMO COUPLE
Muticore T.C. extention cable (s)
EXTENSION CABLES
(Allow opprox. 2 m stock) 14

4 -‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬

‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬2 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬1 ‫ اﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﺮاي‬1 ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬-5 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اي دو ﺳﻴﻤﻪ‬-4 ‫ اﻳﻨﭽﻲ‬1 ‫ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺗﺨﺖ‬-3 ‫ اﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬1 ‫ ﺗﻲ‬-2 ‫ اﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬1 ‫ زاﻧﻮي‬-1
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻻي زﻣﻴﻦ‬1500 ‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮك ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل در ﺣﺪود‬-9 ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬-8 ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل‬-7 ‫ اﻳﻨﭽﻲ‬1 ‫ ﺳﻮﻛﺖ و ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه‬- 6
(‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺑﻨﺪي )ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬-13 ‫ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬-12 ‫ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬-11 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي‬-10
(‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ آزاد ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ‬2 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪاي )در ﺣﺪود‬-14
‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪاي‬-15

Fig. 4-TYPICAL INSTALLATION OF INSTRUMENTATION

CABLES IN THE PROCESSING AREA
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬-4 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

42
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1)

9 CONTROL ROOM WALL

12 MULTITUBE CABLE 10 CABLE SLEEVE 1 BULKHEAD PLATE

VERTICAL X
PERFORATED
CABLE
TRAY 3
BULKHEAD
2 UNION
BULKHEAD X
BULKHEAD UNION
1 PLATE 2

SIDE VIEW "X"

11

STRUCTURAL ANGLE 6

BULKHEAD
2 UNION

13 JUNCTION BOX
MULTITUBE GLAND TYPE-1
5
14
INVERTED
7
CHANNEL

TYPE-3
4
CLAMP 15
TYPE-2
8

5-‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬

3 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬-4 ‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻮراﺧﺪار ﻋﻤﻮدي‬-3 ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻬﺮه و ﻣﺎﺳﻮره‬-2 ‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬-1
2 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬-8 ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻣﻌﻜﻮس‬-7 ‫ ﻧﺒﺸﻲ ﺳﺎزه‬-6 1 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬-5
(‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻲ)ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬-12 "X" ‫ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬-11 ‫ ﻏﻼف ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬-10 ‫ دﻳﻮار اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬-9
‫ ﮔﻴﺮه‬-15 (‫ ﮔﻠﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻲ)ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬-14 ‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬- 13

Note: Cable trays shall be installed vertically .‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Fig. 5- TYPICAL MULTITUBE CABLE INSTALLATION
(‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻲ)ﻧﺎﻳﻪ اي‬-5 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

43
 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1)

3 4

DETAIL "A" 1
TRAY JOINTING 3
DETAIL "A"
MOUNTING DISTANCE 2000

50
2

COPPER TUBES. MOUNTING STRIP

(SEE NOTE 2)
4 5
PVC SHEATHED

650
X
1

GROUND LEVEL

150
6
200 50

300 300

6-‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬

A ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬-3 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬2000 ‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن‬-2 ‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ‬A‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬-1
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ‬-6 ‫ ﻧﻮار ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬-5 ‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ‬-4

ITEM QUAN. SIZE DESCRIPTION MATERIAL

Angle iron. Equal ‫ ﻣﺴﺎوي‬،‫ﻧﺒﺸﻲ آﻫﻨﻲ‬ Steel ‫ﻓﻮﻻد‬

1 50 × 50 × 6

Black bolt & nut ‫ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه ﺳﻴﺎه‬ Steel ‫ﻓﻮﻻد‬

2 6.35 × 25.4
Roofing bolts & nuts Galvanized Steel
3 6 × 20 ‫ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه ﺳﻘﻔﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه‬
Washer, round, flat, black Steel ‫ﻓﻮﻻد‬
4 8 ‫ ﺳﻴﺎه‬،‫ ﺻﺎف‬،‫ ﮔﺮد‬،‫واﺷﺮ‬
Mounting strip for cable tray Galvanized steel
5 19 × 3.17 ‫ﻧﻮار ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه‬

Notes: :‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‬

1) All dimension in millimeters unless stated ‫( ﻫﻤﻪ اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ دﻳﮕﺮ‬1
otherwise. .‫ﺑﻴﺎن ﮔﺮدد‬
2) Dimension "X" to be 500 mm, unless stated ‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ دﻳﮕﺮ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬500 "X" ‫( اﺑﻌﺎد‬2
otherwise. .‫ﺑﻴﺎن ﮔﺮدد‬

Fig.6-TYPICAL INSTALLATION AND MOUNTING OF CABLE TRAY

‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬-6 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

44
 IPS-C-IN-190(0)

STRUCTURAL STEEWORK

1
EXPANSION JOINT
(SEE NOE 1)
2
150
6x50 mm
MILD STEEL BAR
WELDED TO 150 MICC CABLES
STEELWORK
(SEE NOE 2)
4
3

CABLE TRAY
5

1/4"x37 mm BOLT,
NUT & WASHERS 6

HANDRAIL SUPPORTING
SEE NOE 3 ANGLE
8
DETAIL "A"
CABLE TRAY MOUNTING 7
TO STRUCTURAL STEELWORK

PLATFORM

9 1/4"x37 mm BOLT,
NUT & WASHERS

PLATFORM SUPPORT
CHANNEL
10
CABLE TRAY 5

76x38 mm MILD STEEL CHANNEL

(SEE NOTE 2)
11
DETAIL "B"
LENGTH "L" DEPENDS 13
CABLE TRAY MOUNTING
"L"

ON THE SIZE OF
TO PLATFORM
CABLE TRAY AND
PLATFORM SUPPORT
CHANNEL
12

(1/2) 7‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬

2 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي )ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎدآوري‬6 ×50 -3 (‫ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬1 ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اي)ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎدآوري‬-2 ‫ ﺳﺎزه ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬-1
‫ ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬A ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬-7 ‫ ﻣﻬﺮه و واﺷﺮﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﭘﻴﭻ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬14 ×37 ‫ﭘﻴﭻ‬-6 ‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬-5 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬-4 (‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
(‫ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎدآوري‬76×38 ‫ ﻧﺒﺸﻲ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم‬-11 ‫ﻧﺒﺸﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺳﻜﻮ‬-10 ‫ ﺳﻜﻮ‬-9 ‫ ﻧﺒﺸﻲ دﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮه ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬-8 ‫ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
‫ ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻜﻮ‬B ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬-13 .‫ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺳﻜﻮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬L ‫ ﻃﻮل‬-12
Fig. 7 (1/2) - TYPICAL MOUNTING DETAILS FOR CABLE TRAYS
‫( – ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬1/2) 7‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

48

‫‪*Notes:‬‬
‫‪1) Expansion joints occur in the structure‬‬
‫‪steelwork, tray is to be cut to have a 50 mm …gap‬‬
‫‪and the cable to installation length at the joints to‬‬
‫‪allow for steel structure expansion.‬‬
‫در ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺴﺘﺮش ﺳﺎزه ﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2) All cable tray support is to be 1200 mm apart‬‬
‫‪as maximum.‬‬
‫‪3) MICC cable installation on cable tray shown‬‬
‫‪for detail “A” is typical applies to detail B&C a‬‬
‫‪well.‬‬
‫‪4) Shaded areas indicate new installation.‬‬
‫‪5) Dimensions are in millimeters except where‬‬
‫‪otherwise special.‬‬
‫‪6) Symbol shown as a circle enclosing a number‬‬
‫‪indicates item relevant M.T.O sheet.‬‬
‫‪49‬‬
‫)‪IPS-C-IN-190(0‬‬
‫*ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪاي در ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ‪50‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻃﻮل اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ‪1200‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از ﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ در ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬
‫‪ A‬ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻄﻮر ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ و در ﻣﻮرد ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬
‫‪ B‬و‪ C‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺻﺎدق اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﻳﻪدار ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي دﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﻋﻼﺋﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮرت داﻳﺮه ﺷﻤﺎرهاي و ﺳﺘﺎره دار ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ اﻗﻼم اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﺷﺪه ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
 IPS-C-IN-190(0)

CABLE TRAY
1
6x50mm MILD STEEL FLAT BAR
WELDED TO LADDER
3 AT EVERY 1200mm MAX.
INTERNAL

1/4"x37 mm BOLT,
NUT & WASHERS
4
5
PART OF CAGE

6 LADDER

2 STRUCTURE OR VESSEL

5
DETAIL "C" (ELEVATION)
200 7
CABLE TRAY MOUNTING
230 TO LADDER (WITH PROTECTION CAGE)

STRUCTURE OR VESSEL

2
PART OF CAGE

1/4"x37 mm BOLT,
NUT & WASHERS

5
PART OF CAGE
DETAIL "D"
8
PLAN VIEW OF CABLE TRAY
MOUNTING TO LADDER (WITH PROTECTION CAGE)

(2/2) 7‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬

‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬1200 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي( ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن در ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬6×50)‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻬﻦ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم‬-3 ‫ ﺳﺎزه ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺰن‬-2 ‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬-1
‫ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن‬-6 ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﻗﻔﺴﻪ‬-5 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه و واﺷﺮﻫﺎ‬14 ×37 ‫ ﭘﻴﭻ‬-4
(‫ )ارﺗﻔﺎع( ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن )ﺑﺎ ﻗﻔﺴﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬C ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬-7
(‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻮار ﺷﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن )ﺑﺎ ﻗﻔﺴﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬D ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬-8
Fig. 7(2/2) - TYPICAL MOUNTING DETAILS FOR CABLE TRAYS
‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬-(2/2) 7 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

50
 IPS-C-IN-190(0)

CONCRETE FLOOR COVERED WITH RED COLOURED CONCRETE

4 1

3 CABLES

FILLED WITH WASHED SAND NATURAL GROUND

5 (FINE GRADE)
2
REINFORCED CONCRETE
? 8mm 200X200 welded mesh
80 "A" 80
SEE NOTE 1 BELOW W (MAX 1500 mm)

DETAIL OF TYPICAL CABLE TRENCH INSIDE BUILDINGS

6

STANDARD PRECAST CONCRETE CABLE MARKED TO BE USED FOR

INDICATING ROUTE OF TRENCH AT INTERNALS OF 30,000 mm AND AT 7
GROUND LEVEL
9 CABLE JOINTS AND POINTS OF DEVIATION OF TRENCH ROUTE.
8
150 50

NATURAL GROUND
250

10
BACK FILLED WITH
WELL CONSOLIDATED 500
SEE NOTE 2 BELOW
13
EARTH
PRECAST CONCRETE SLAB
11
80

14
"B"

TO PROTECT CABLES
ALONG FULL LENGTH
OF THE TRENCH
250

CABLES

FILLED WITH WASHED SAND

12 (FINE GRADE)
80

"A"
SEE NOTE 1 BELOW

8-‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬

(‫ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ) ﻧﻮع رﻳﺰ‬-5 ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ‬-4 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎ‬-3 ‫ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬-2 ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺮخ رﻧﮓ‬-1
‫ ﺑﺘﻮن ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﻧﺸﺎن دادن ﻣﺴﻴﺮ در‬8‫و‬7 ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎنﻫﺎ‬-6
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎك ﻓﺸﺮده زﻣﻴﻦ‬-10 ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ‬-9 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و در اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و ﻧﻘﺎط اﻧﺤﺮاﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬30000 ‫ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ‬
(‫ ﭘﺮﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ) ﻧﻮع رﻳﺰ‬-12 ‫ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ در ﻃﻮل ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ‬-11
Fig. 8- DETAIL OF TYPICAL CABLE TRENCH OUTSIDE BUILDINGS
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﻫﺎ‬-8 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

Notes:
1) Dimension A to be 250 to 750 mm depending
on no of cables lay in the trench it raises by
increment of 75.
2) Consideration should be given to increasing
depth B where there is applicable spillage of
deleterious petroleum products and/or chemicals.
3) Special marker to be used of cable joints to
indicate voltage and location of joint box.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد‬750 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬250 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬A ‫( اﺑﻌﺎد‬1
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬75 ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ در ﻗﻄﻌﻪﻫﺎي‬
. ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ رﻳﺰش ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬B ‫( اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻤﻖ‬2
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬،‫اي از ﻣﻮاد ﻧﻔﺘﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ زﻳﺎن آور اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺒﺬول داﺷﺖ‬
‫( از ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ‬3
.‫وﻟﺘﺎژ و ﻣﺤﻞ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬

51
 ‫)‪IPS-C-IN-190(0‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪3‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫‪7‬‬

‫‪8‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪11‬‬
‫‪12‬‬

‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬

‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‪9-‬‬

‫‪– 1‬اﺑﻌﺎد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﻚ ‪ -2‬ﺳﻮراخ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 15‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪4 -3‬ﻋﺪد ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﮓ ‪ -4‬ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻧﺒﺸﻲ ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ‪ 50×50×6‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل )ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎدآوري زﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ‪ -6‬ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ ‪ -7‬ﺑﺘﻦ ‪4:2:1‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم )‪ 150×150×6 (MS‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل‬
‫‪ -10‬ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﮓ ‪ -‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -9‬ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎن ) ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺑﺰرگ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -11‬ﮔﻴﺮه اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ زره ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد‪ -12 .‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﺪم ﻧﻔﻮذ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ از ﭘﻮدر و ﺳﻴﻤﺎن آب‬
‫‪ -14‬ﻫﺎدي ﻣﺴﻲ ﻟﺨﺖ ) ‪ 16‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ(‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮد‪ -13 .‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم ) ‪( MS‬ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 2‬اﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫‪Fig. 9- METHOD OF MOUNTING MARSHALLING & DISTRIBUTION BOXES‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -9‬روش ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ و ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﮓ‬

‫‪Notes:‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‪:‬‬
‫‪Length of angle shall be increased if two‬‬ ‫اﮔﺮ دو ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﮓ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮل‬
‫‪marshalling boxes are installed adjacent to each.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪Other.‬‬

‫‪52‬‬
 ‫)‪IPS-C-IN-190(0‬‬

‫‪G‬‬
‫‪AN‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬‫‪RH‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪OV‬‬
‫‪mm‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬
‫‪TH‬‬ ‫‪IT‬‬
‫‪WI‬‬ ‫‪TW‬‬
‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪ED‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬‫‪EE‬‬
‫‪OV‬‬
‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪LS‬‬
‫‪EE‬‬
‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪EC‬‬ ‫‪ST‬‬
‫‪D‬‬

‫‪0‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬
‫‪FR‬‬ ‫‪MI‬‬

‫‪46‬‬
‫‪OF‬‬ ‫‪ED‬‬

‫‪100‬‬
‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪Z‬‬
‫‪TO‬‬ ‫‪AN UND‬‬
‫‪LV‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬
‫‪GA L AR‬‬
‫‪AL‬‬ ‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪TB‬‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪LA‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬
‫‪S.‬‬ ‫‪AR‬‬ ‫‪EE‬‬
‫‪M.‬‬ ‫‪SH‬‬
‫‪m‬‬‫‪m.‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪TB‬‬ ‫‪EE‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x3‬‬ ‫‪FL‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪ST‬‬ ‫‪IZE‬‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪EE‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪LD VAN‬‬
‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬
‫‪LD‬‬ ‫‪V.‬‬ ‫‪AL‬‬
‫‪MI‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪AL IA G RS‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬
‫‪. SH‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪mm‬‬ ‫‪IN‬‬ ‫‪mm WA‬‬
‫‪x6‬‬ ‫‪IX‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪R F OF ND‬‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪150‬‬

‫‪LE EAN UTS‬‬

‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪HO‬‬ ‫‪M SN‬‬
‫‪DI‬‬ ‫‪BY EW‬‬ ‫‪ES‬‬
‫‪m.‬‬ ‫‪ME CR‬‬ ‫‪OX‬‬
‫‪8 m FR A G S‬‬ ‫‪GB‬‬
‫‪IN‬‬ ‫‪IN‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪TO OOF‬‬ ‫‪LL‬‬
‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪HA‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪RM‬‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪NO‬‬
‫‪12 m. D‬‬ ‫‪TIO‬‬
‫‪mm‬‬ ‫‪IA‬‬ ‫‪I BU‬‬
‫‪40‬‬

‫‪DI‬‬ ‫‪HO‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬

‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪ST‬‬
‫‪FIX LE F‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪DI‬‬
‫‪OR‬‬
‫‪IN‬‬
‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪EO‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪DI‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬
‫‪ST IME‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪BO‬‬ ‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪RI‬‬ ‫‪LT‬‬ ‫‪FR‬‬
‫‪BU NSIO‬‬ ‫‪UI‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪TIO‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪OS‬‬
‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬
‫‪O F O SU‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬‫‪NT‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪MA IT‬‬ ‫‪NS‬‬
‫‪RS F R A‬‬ ‫‪ME‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪HA‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪DI‬‬ ‫‪NOTE‬‬
‫‪LL E O‬‬ ‫‪FRAME TO BE ALL WELDED CONSTRUCTION‬‬
‫‪IN‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪BO‬‬
‫‪X‬‬ ‫‪ES‬‬

‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‪10-‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺎﻻي ﻗﺎب ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم )‪( MS‬ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺑﺎ ‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ اﻃﺮاف آوﻳﺰان ﺷﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺳﻮراخ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 8‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎب ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪20‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﺮه و واﺷﺮﻫﺎي ﺳﻘﻔﻲ ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺻﺎف ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم ‪ 50×6‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ -4‬اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺎب ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺎب ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺻﺎف ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم )‪ 25×3 (MS‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬ ‫‪ -6‬ﺳﻮراخ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 15‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻬﺮه ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 12‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬

‫ﻳﺎدآوري ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﺎب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ از ﻧﻮع ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Fig. 10- ISOMETRIC VIEW DETAIL OF RAIN CANOPY FOR MARSHALLING‬‬

‫‪& DISTRIBUTION BOXES‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -10‬ﻧﻤﺎي اﻳﺰوﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﮓ وﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬

‫‪53‬‬
 IPS-C-IN-190(0)

TOP OF FRAME TO BE COVERED WITH 1 mm

606
GALVANIZED M.S SHEET WITH 100mm. OVERHANG
ALL AROUND
1
(SEE NOTE 2 BELOW)

100
460 MINIMUM

INTERMEDIATE CROSS
50x6 mm. M.S FLAT BAR MEMBERS TO BE FITTED 3
AT INTERVALS OF 60MM
DEPENDING ON LENGTH
4 OF SWITCHBOARD

25 x3 mm M.S FLAT BAR

5
2

DIMENSION TO SUIT SIZE OF DISTRIBUTION BOXES

11-‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬

.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ در اﻃﺮاف آوﻳﺰان ﺷﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬100 ‫( ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺑﺎ‬MS) ‫ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻗﺎب ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم‬-1

‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬25 × 3 (MS) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺻﺎف ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم‬-2

‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬60 ‫ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺷﺎﺧﻪﻫﺎ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎي‬-3

‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬50× 6 (MS) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺻﺎف ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم‬-4

(‫ زﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ) ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎدآوري ﺷﻤﺎره‬460‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬-٥

Fig. 11- PLAN VIEW DETAIL OF RAIN CANOPY FOR NON WEATHER PROOF LARGE
DISTRIBUTION BOXES
‫ ﻧﻤﺎي ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرگ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺑﺪون ﻣﺤﻔﻮظ از اﺛﺮ ﻫﻮا‬-11 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

Notes: :‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‬

1) Rain canopy for distribution box to be
constructed similar to rain canopy for marshalling
box given on this drawing.
2) Width of frame to be increased if necessary
depending on width of distribution box to give
150 mm overhang at front of distribution box.
‫( ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎن ﺑﺮاي‬1
‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﮓ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫( ﻋﺮض ﻗﺎب در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و اﻳﻦ‬2
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺧﻢ‬150 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮض ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ دارد‬
.‫ﺷﺪﮔﻲ در ﺟﻠﻮي ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬

3) Frame to be all welded construction.

.‫( ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﺎب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ از ﻧﻮع ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3

54